6514 
 comp.- 
 
 . t 
 
 Southern Branch 
 of the 
 
 University of California 
 
 Los Angeles 
 
 Form L 1 
 
 Gol4 
 .-.84
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 M 5 1983 
 
 315
 
 YALE 
 
 Examination Papers. 
 
 COLLKCTED AND ARRANGED 
 
 F. B. STEVENS. 
 
 BOSTON: 
 
 PUBLISHED BY GIXN, HEATH, & CO. 
 1884.
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1882, by 
 
 F. B. STEVENS, 
 in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 J. S. CusuiNo & Co., Printers, Boston.
 
 s2^ 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Algebra 5, 133 
 
 Arithmetic 1, 119 
 
 Caesar 24, 147 
 
 Cicero 32 
 
 English Grammar 174 
 
 Geography 170 
 
 Geometry 11, 125 
 
 Greek at Sight 110 
 
 Greek Gram^iar and Composition .... 69 
 
 Greek History 113 
 
 Greek Prose 76 
 
 History of United States 166 
 
 Homer 97 
 
 Latin at Sight 63 
 
 Latin Grammar 18 
 
 Latin Composition 65, IGl 
 
 Roman History 67 
 
 Trigonometry 142 
 
 Vergil and Ovid 46
 
 NOTE. 
 
 This book is published for the convenience of teachers and 
 pupils in preparatory schools, and may profitably be used as a 
 text-book for review. It contains a complete set of papers used 
 at the regular entrance examinations since 1876, when the present 
 system of written examinations was fully established, together 
 ■with eight consecutive entrance papers of the Sheffield Scientific 
 School. 
 
 The papers used hereafter will be added from year to year.
 
 ACADEMICAL DEPARTMEITT.
 
 REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. 
 
 (Academical Depaiitment. ) 
 1883-84. 
 
 Higher Arithipetic : Including tlie metric system of weiglits and meas- 
 ures. 
 
 Algebra: So much as is iuclnded in Loomis's Treatise, up to the chapter 
 on Logarithms. 
 
 Geometry : Euclid, book first, and the first 33 exercises thereon in Tod- 
 hunter's edition; or, the first four books in other geometries, with the 
 above exercises. 
 
 Latin Grammar. 
 
 Caesar : Four books of the Gallic war, or two books of the Civil war. 
 
 Cicero : Seven Orations. 
 
 Vergil : Bucolics, and first six book;; of the ^neid, including Prosody. 
 
 Ovid : Metamorphoses, 2500 lines. 
 
 The translation, at sight, of passages from Cicero or Csesar. 
 
 The translation into Latin of a connected passage of English prose. [As 
 special importance will be given to this part of the examination, it is 
 suggested to teachers that they connect exercises in making Latin, both 
 oral and written, with all the Latin studies of the preparatory course.] 
 
 Roman History : Creighton's Primer of Roman History is suggested as 
 indicating the amount required. 
 
 Greek Grammar. 
 
 The translation of English into Greek. ' 
 
 Xenophon : Anabasis, four books. 
 
 Homer : Hiad, three books, with Prosody. 
 
 The translation, at sight, of a passage from some work of Xenophon. 
 
 Greek History. 
 
 The rules for pronunciation givcfu in ILadlcy's Grammar are recommended 
 
 as a guide. For Greek History, Dr. Wm. Smith's or Fyffe's text-book; 
 
 and for Greek Composition, Jones's Exercises or White's Lessons are
 
 ARITHMETIC. 3 
 
 2. Divide -i- 1 by/,-. 
 
 3. Find, to three decimal places, the value of — -> 
 
 V3 
 
 4. Find the 4tli term of a proportion of which the first, 
 second, and third terms are, respectively, 3.81, 0.056, 1.67. 
 
 5. Reduce 3 R. 13 sq. rds. 8 sq. ft. to decimal of an acre. 
 
 6. (a) In a board 4'" long and Ci"" wide, how many 
 square decimeters? 
 
 (6) Divide 2700'" by 90'='. 
 
 1881. 
 
 33 
 1. Divide | of j\ of f by ^r^, and add the quotient to 
 
 3 _ 7 ^TTT 
 
 4 iT' 
 
 2. Find V -gV to three decimal places. 
 
 3. Find, to three decimal places, the number which has 
 to 0.649 the same ratio which 58 has to 634. 
 
 4. A man bought a piece of ground containing 0.316 A. 
 at 53cts. a square foot ; what did he pay for the piece? 
 
 5. A grocer buys sugar at 18cts. a kilo, and sells it at 
 let. per 50° ; how much per cent does he gain ? 
 
 1882. 
 
 34 
 
 1. Find the value of —S- of f of an acre ac $1.36 per 
 
 square foot. tt 
 
 2. Divide 3.63 by 2.353, and find the square root of the 
 quotient to three decimal places. 
 
 3. Find a fourth proportional to 3.75, 0.23, and 0.16. 
 
 4. (a) Multiply the sum of 7""^", 823'", and 125""", by 5.12. 
 (&) What is the weight in kilograms of 12'"' of water?
 
 AKITHMETIC. 
 1883. 
 
 1. Divide 82.1 by 41, 8.21 by 0.41, aud 0.821 by 410. 
 Carry the result iu each case to four decimal places. 
 
 2. Fiud the value to three decimal places of 
 
 V(0.146)-+(0.0G3)2. 
 
 3. Divide g ^ 12 X - by — - • 
 
 I of 5-1 4 "^141 
 
 4. Some sugar is adulterated as follows : -^^ is worth 8 
 cents per pound, ^ is worth 10 cents per pound, -^ is worth 
 12 cents per pound, and the remainder, 33 pounds, is sand. 
 What is the mixture worth per pound? 
 
 V 5. Bank stock which sells at 170 pays an annual dividend 
 of 12J^ per cent. AVhat rate of interest does a buj'er receive? 
 
 • 6. Find the depth iu meters of a cubical cistern which has 
 a capacity of 30,000'. Give the result to three decimal 
 places.
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 1879. 
 
 1. Divide (3 a — Z>) by a-{-b-\ j, and simplify. 
 
 a-\-b 
 
 2. (a) Find the sum and difference of Vl«a'6^ and 
 
 (b) Multiply 2V3-V"^ by 4V3-2V"^. 
 
 3. Solve the equation, 
 
 a; — 1 23 — x _ ^ _ 4 +x 
 7 5""" ' 4 
 
 4. Solve the equation, 
 
 a; — 3 a* — 4 _ 7 
 x-2 ~ x-l ~ 20' 
 
 5. The sum of an arithmetical progression, whose first 
 term is 2 and last term 42, is 198 ; find the common differ- 
 ence and the number of terms. 
 
 6. Expand to four terms, by the binomial theorem, (cr— 6)K 
 
 1880. 
 
 1. (a) Divide — ■ 1 by — ■ , and reduce 
 
 a — I a 4-1 a —1 a+l 
 
 the quotient to its simplest form. 
 
 (b) Find the greatest common divisor of 
 x^-Qx'-Sx-d and 4ar^-12a;-8. 
 
 2. (a) Find the sum of GV4a^, 2V2a, and VSa'. 
 
 (&) Reduce to its simplest form the product, 
 (a;-l-V^)(a;-l-f-V^)(x-2-HV^)(x-2-V^).
 
 8 ALGEBRA. 
 
 3. Solve the equations, 
 
 (b) .r-l4-_A_=0; 
 ^ ^ x-4. 
 
 , . X x^ +1 
 
 X' — 1 X 
 
 4. Four numbers are in arithmetical progression : the 
 product of the first and third is 27, and the product of the 
 second and fourth is 72 ; what are the numbers ? 
 
 5. By the binomial theorem, expand to four terms, 
 
 (a) (l-&)-^ (6) ix^-f)K 
 
 1881. 
 
 1. Free from negative exponents {icr'^b^x'^)'*. 
 
 2. Reduce to lowest terms — — . 
 
 cc2+10a- + 21 
 
 3. Factor n^-2n- + n, .r''-l, x''-n^y\ a-^ + Z. 
 
 2 
 
 4. Make denominator rational of -■ 
 
 V5-V2 
 
 5. Multiply ViK-2+V^^ by Va; + 2-V-3. 
 
 n a ^ 5 3a;+l 1 
 
 6. Solve ^ = -. 
 
 x X' 4 
 
 r — .T?/ = 153. 
 
 7. Solve {^•'-•^•^ = 1' 
 (a; +?/ =1. 
 
 8. By the binomial theorem, expand to four terms 
 
 2 J Vw—a? 
 
 9. Sum the infinite series l-\ 1 h ••• 
 
 2 4 
 
 1882. 
 1 . Factor a'' — 4 a- 6 + 4 aZ>-, 4 x* y* — Ox^ y". 
 
 2. Solve ar = 21 + ^x- — 9.
 
 ALGEBRA. » 
 
 3. Find the continued product of 
 
 a--(2 + Va)^ x-{2-VS)^ 
 a;-(3-V-l), a;-(3 + V-l). 
 
 4. Divide 50 into two parts, such that the greater, in- 
 creased by 3, shall be to the less, diminished by 3, as 3 to 2. 
 
 5. Given J ^ + ^ ~" ^ t; fjuti x and y. 
 
 i 2 xy = 24 ) 
 
 G. Sum the infinite series 1, ^, ^, ••• 
 
 5 ^. J 9 
 
 7. Resolve into i^artial fractions. 
 
 a;--8a;+l5 
 
 8. Expand by the binomial theorem, to 3 terms, - ->/i(f— a'^. 
 
 9 . Revert the series y = x-\-or + x^-{- a;*. 
 
 1883. 
 
 1. Reduce the following expression to its simplest form : 
 
 1 +,, L_^+ 1 
 
 x{x — a){x — b) a{a — x){a — b) b{b—x){b — a) 
 
 2. Resolve y^ — b^ into three factors. 
 
 3. Change a:?/~-— 2a;^?/~^2~j + 2"^ to an expression which 
 will contain no negative exponents. 
 
 , r~ a + b + c + d a — b A- c— d , . , 
 
 4. If ^ ^ — ^!-— = — , prove by the prmci- 
 
 a-\-b — c — d a — b — c-\-d 
 
 a c 
 ciples of proportion that r = -• 
 
 5. Find the value of 2aVl + ^^ when 
 
 6. Given (7 - 4 V3) x^ + (2 - V3) a; = 2, to find x.
 
 10 ALGEBRA. 
 
 7. The sum of two numbers is IG, aud the sum of their 
 reciprocals is |-. What are the numbers ? 
 
 8. Compute the value of the continued fraction, 
 
 1 
 
 2+-' 
 
 1+-1 
 
 ^4 
 
 9. Convert — =:=rzr into an infinite series by the Method 
 
 Vl + a-2 
 of Indeterminate Coefficients, or by the Binomial Theorem. 
 
 10. Insert three geometrical means between ^ and 128.
 
 GEuM::Tr.Y. 
 
 1878. 
 
 13 
 
 (Euclid.) 
 
 1. If a strfiight line falling on two other straight lines, 
 make the exterior angle equal to the interior and opposite 
 angle on the same side of the line, or make the interior angles 
 on the same side together equal to two right angles, the two 
 straight lines shall be parallel to one another. 
 
 2. To describe a parallelogram that shall be equal to a 
 given triangle, and have one of its angles ec^ual to a given 
 rectilineal angle. 
 
 3. If a straight line he divided into any two parts, the 
 squares on the whole line, and on one of the parts, are equal 
 to twice the rectangle contained by the whole and that part, 
 together with the scjuare on the other part. 
 
 (Legendrk.) 
 
 1. If two sides of a (quadrilateral are equal and parallel, 
 the figure is a parallelogram. 
 
 2. («) To erect a perpendicular to a given straight line, 
 at a given point of that line. 
 
 (b) At a point on a given straight line, to construct an 
 angle equal to a given angle. 
 
 3. In any triangle, the square of a side opposite an acute 
 angle is equal to the sum of the squares of the base and the 
 other side, diminished b^- twice the rectangle of the base and 
 the distance from the vertex of the acute angle to the foot 
 of the perpendicular drawn from the vertex of the opposite 
 angle to the base, or to the base produced. 
 
 (LOOMIS.) 
 
 1. If two triangles have two sides of the one equal to 
 two sides of the other, eacli to each, but the included angles 
 unequal, the; base oi (lint which h:is the greater angle will 1)0 
 greater than tlie base of the other.
 
 14 GEOMETUY. 
 
 2. Through any three points not in the same straight line, 
 one circumference msxy be made to pass, and but one. 
 
 3. The rectangle contained by the sum and difference of 
 two lines is equivalent to the difference of the squares of 
 those lines. 
 
 1879. 
 
 [Candidates for examination in Euclid may take questions 2, 3, and 5. 
 Candidates for examination in Loomis may take questions 1, 4, and 5. 
 Candidates for examination in Legendre may take questions 2{b), 3, and 6. 
 Candidates for examination in otlier Geometries may demonstrate as many 
 of the theorems as they can, and do the problem (3) by the methods to which 
 they are accustomed.] 
 
 1. The opposite sides and angles of a parallelogram are 
 equal to each other. 
 
 2. If a straight line, meeting two other straight lines, 
 
 (a) Make an exterior angle equal to an interior and oppo- 
 site (or remote) angle on the same side ; or 
 
 (b) Make the interior angles on the same side together 
 equal to two right angles, the two lines are parallel. 
 
 3. To draw a perpendicular to a given straight line, from 
 a given point without that line. 
 
 4. Parallelograms which have equal bases and equal alti- 
 tudes are equivalent. 
 
 5. If a straight line be divided into any two parts, the 
 square of the whole line is equal (or equivalent) to the 
 squares of the two parts, together with twice the rectangle 
 contained by the parts. 
 
 6. The rectangle contained by the sum and difference of 
 two lines is equivalent to the difference of the squares of 
 those lines. 
 
 1880. 
 
 [Candidates wlio offer Euclid may take 1 and 3. Candidates who offer 
 Loomis's Geometry or Davies's Legendre may take 1 and 4. Candidates 
 who offer Chauvenet's Geometry may take 2 and 5. Other candidates 
 may prove theorem 1 or 2, and do one of the problems (3, 4, and 5) by the 
 methods to which they are accustomed.]
 
 GEOMETRY. 
 
 15 
 
 1. If a straight line fall on two parallel straight lines, it 
 makes the alternate angles equal to one another, and the 
 exterior angle equal to the interior and opposite (or remote) 
 angle on the same side ; and also the two interior angles on 
 the same side together equal to two right angles. 
 
 2. If two i)arallel lines are cut by a third straight line, the 
 alternate interior angles are equal. 
 
 Cor. I. The alternate-exterior angles are also equal to 
 each other. 
 
 Cor. II. Any one of the eight angles is equal to its corre- 
 sponding angle. 
 
 Cor. III. The sum of the two interior angles on the same 
 side of the secant line is equal to two right angles. 
 
 3. To divide a straight Line into two parts, so that the 
 rectangle contained by the whole and one of the parts may 
 be equal to the square on the other part. 
 
 4. To divide a given line into two parts, sucli that the 
 greater part ma}' be a mean proportional between the whole 
 line and the other part. 
 
 5. (a) At a given point in a given circumference, to draw 
 a tangent to the circumference. 
 
 (b) Through a given point without a given circle, to 
 draw a tangent to the circle. 
 
 1881. 
 
 [Candidates who offer Euclid may take 1, 2, and 3. Candidates who offer 
 any other Geometry may take any four propositions of 3 to 7 inchisive. 
 The Candidate icill please state in ivritinf/ the Geometry ichicJi he offers.'] 
 
 1. To describe a parallelogram that shall be equal to a 
 given triangle, and have one of its angles equal to a given 
 rectilineal angle. 
 
 2. If a straight line be bisected, and produced to any 
 point, the square on the whole line thus produced and the 
 square on the part of it produced are together double of the
 
 16 GEOMETRY. 
 
 square on half the line bisected and of the square on the line 
 made up of the half and the part produced. 
 
 3. A given angle BAC is bisected ; if CA is produced to 
 O, and the angle BAG is bisected, prove that the two 
 bisecting lines are at right angles to each other. 
 
 4. If two opposite sides of a quadrilateral are equal and 
 parallel, the other two sides are equal and parallel, and the 
 figure is a parallelogram. 
 
 5. The rectangle contained by the sum and difference of two 
 lines is equivalent to the difference of the squares of those lines. 
 
 6. To construct a square equivalent to a given triangle. 
 
 7. The area of a parallelogram is equal to the product of 
 its base and altitude. 
 
 1882. 
 
 [Candidates may take either 1, 2, 3, aud 4, or 1, 2, 3, and 5.] 
 
 1 . To draw a straight line at right angles to a given straight 
 line from a given point in the same.' 
 
 2. In every triangle, the square on the side subtending an 
 acute angle is less than the squares on the sides containing 
 that angle by twice the rectangle contained by either of 
 these sides, and the straight line intercepted between the 
 perpendicular let fall on it from the opposite angle and the 
 acute angle. 
 
 3. The opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal to each 
 other. 
 
 4. Trisect a right angle. 
 
 5. From the extremities of the base of an isosceles triangle 
 straight lines are drawn perpendicular to the sides : show 
 that the angles made bj' these lines with the base are each 
 equal to half the vertical angle. 
 
 1 Make and explain the construction as well as prove it.
 
 LATIN GRAMMAR. 19 
 
 2. Decline avibo, opus, domus, tile. 
 
 3. Compare felix, similis, liarvus, primus, vetus. 
 AViitc the ordiual numerals from one to ten. 
 
 4. The principal parts of the verbs from which the follow- 
 ing forms are derived : vivite, cedentia, ejiceram, jussits, vestit. 
 
 5. Give the imperfect and perfect subjunctive active, and 
 the present and perfect participle of /ero, renio, ixmo. 
 
 G. Inflect the present indicative and subjunctive of eo, 
 fero, 2^ossuvi. 
 
 7. The s3-nopsis of loquor in the third person plural, in- 
 dicative and subjunctive. 
 
 8. Give the different waj's of expressing a purpose in 
 Latin. 
 
 1878. 
 
 [In ^v^iting Latin words, mark the quantity of the penult in each.] 
 
 1. "Write the genitive singular of frights, virus, nemus, 
 linien; and the nominative singular of salutem, sitim, litore, 
 silicis, vuluera, aethere, sulcis. 
 
 2. Give the gender of the same nouns. 
 
 3. Write out in full the declension of cdiquis, ingens, 
 exsul, hie. 
 
 4. Compare magnus, tristis, malus, nequam, proximus. 
 
 5. The principal parts of the verbs from which the follow- 
 ing forms are derived : tenebat, audebat, cernimus, bibet, 
 labatur, haerent. 
 
 G. Inflect the future indicative active of nosco and debeo, 
 and the present and perfect subjunctive of morior iind2'ossu7n. 
 
 7. "Write out in full the conjugation of fei'o in the active 
 voice. 
 
 8. "What parts of the verb are formed from the perfect stem ?
 
 20 LATIN GRAMMAR. 
 
 1879. 
 
 [In writing Latin words, mark the quantity of the penult in forms of more 
 than two syllables.] 
 
 1. Decline iu full princeps^ major ^ nidlus. 
 What other words are decliued like mdhis ? 
 
 2. Give the ablative singular and genitive plural of animal, 
 lex, vir, nox, currus, frigus ; and the genitive singular of 
 caro, mos, ordo, cor, juventus, ctistos. 
 
 3. The gender of manus, sermo, pes, compes, fraus. 
 What is the gender of nouns of the third declension 
 
 ending in Z? in a;? in os? 
 
 4. Compare fortis, difficilis, piarvus, miser. 
 Form and compare the corresponding adverbs. 
 
 5. The principal parts of the verbs from which the follow- 
 ing forms are derived : peteretur, ulunt, praehent, j)erculsum, 
 abjectum, canit. 
 
 6. Inflect in the future indicative and in the present and 
 imperfect subjunctive, cano, tueor, eo. 
 
 7. Write the synopsis in the indicative and subjunctive of 
 volo in the first person singular, and loquor iu the second 
 person singular. 
 
 8. What classes of verbs take the genitive? 
 
 1880. 
 
 [In writing Latin words, mark the quantity of the penult in forms of more 
 than two syllables.] 
 
 1, Decline in full doinus, dens, 2^l"^i duo. 
 
 2. The gender of ))nh('s, honor, dies, aetas, ratio. Ablative 
 singular and genitive plural of navis, j^ars, princeps.
 
 LATIN GRAMMAR. 21 
 
 3. Compare the adverbs prudenter^ foj-titer, acriter, 2^arum. 
 From what adjectives are they derived ? 
 
 4. Give the nominative singular in full of quisqiie., cjuis- 
 piam, quisquiti ; give the meaning of each. AVhen is the 
 interrogative quis used, and when qui? 
 
 5. The principal parts of nanciscor, pasco^ pario, reor. 
 
 6. Write the synopsis of capio in the second person 
 singular indicative and subjunctive active. Give the pres- 
 ent of jeci, cessi, novi. From what two verbs can tentum 
 come ? 
 
 7. "Write out in full the present indicative of mala, the im- 
 perative of fero (both voices), the nominative and genitive 
 singular of the present participle of eo. 
 
 8. Explain the subjunctives in the following sentences : — 
 
 (a) Facerem, si juberes. 
 
 (b) Utinam mortuus essem. 
 
 (c) Ne quis dixerit. 
 
 (d) Quis est quin videat. 
 
 (e) Laudavit quia hoc facerent. 
 
 (/) Petit, ut iis qui adfuerint credamus. 
 
 1881. 
 
 [lu writing Latin words of more than two syllables, mark the quantity of 
 the penult.] 
 
 1. Decline homo, dies, domus. 
 
 2. Decline qui, hie. 
 
 3. Give the synopsis in the first person singular indicative 
 and subjunctive active of moneo, capio. 
 
 4. Give in full the present indicative active of possum, few. 
 
 5. Principal parts of volo, do,Jio, nosco, curro.
 
 oo 
 
 LATIN GRAMMAR. 
 
 6. What are the different uses of the ablative case? 
 
 7. Explain the use of the modes in indirect discourse. 
 
 8. What is the stem of a noun? What kinds of stem?- 
 belong to the third declension? 
 
 1882 
 
 [In writing Latin words of more than one syllable, mark the quantity of 
 the penult.] 
 
 1. Give the synopsis in the third person singular indica- 
 tive of habeo, capio. 
 
 2. What is the final letter of the stem in each of the four 
 regular conjugations ? 
 
 3. Decline a neuter noun of each of the three declensions 
 to which neuters ma}' belong. 
 
 4. Give the nominative and genitive singular and the 
 gender of the sulistantives in the following sentences ; the 
 nominative and genitive singular of all genders of the adjec- 
 tives and pronouns ; the principal parts of the verbs and 
 participles. If a noun or verb is defective, or has different 
 meanings in different forms, call attention to the fact : — 
 
 (rt) Postquam consulatum perfecit, domum rediit. 
 
 (&) Milites in agrum Gallicum longo itinere duxit. 
 
 - (c) Miror te haec tulisse. 
 
 (cZ) Quod potuimus, egimus. 
 
 5. Name and illustrate b}' short Latin sentences the uses 
 of the dative case. 
 
 G. In what ways does the Latin express purpose? 
 
 7. Use of the modes and tenses in conditional sentences. 
 
 8. Explain the use of the gerundive.
 
 LATIN GRAMIVIAR. 23 
 
 1883. 
 
 [In writing Latin words, mark the quantity of the penult in those of 
 more than two syllables.] 
 
 1. Decline 2>ars, corpus, doimis. 
 
 2. Decline idem, qui. 
 
 3. Give the synopsis of the third person singular indica- 
 tive and subjunctive active of a verb of each of the four 
 regular conjugations. 
 
 4. What are the tenses in common use of the verbs 
 memini and aio respectively? 
 
 5. Under what circumstances can the dative be used to 
 express the agent? When can relative clauses take the 
 subjunctive? 
 
 In the following sentences tell where each word is made, 
 with its consti'uction or agreement ; give the nominative and 
 genitive singular and gender of each noun ; the nominative 
 and genitive singular in full of each adjective or pronoun ; 
 the comparison of any word whirh is in the couipaiative 
 t_ degree; tlie principal parts of each verb; and the reason 
 for eu^.ph instance of the subjunctive mode. 
 a. Seni,?x ille plus quain voluit perdidit. 
 h. In fines ijt^i'uni mittebantur, nt auxilium ferrent. 
 
 c. Odi ' f jug jUi vulgus et arceo. 
 
 d. Non, ,tium^ perfecisset. 
 
 What m^ Yc\ ^^ meaning would be made by the sub- 
 stitution of \ ^xiii"'^it in the last sentence? By the substi- 
 tution of pei-y yi/ 
 
 \ S 
 
 ■ i
 
 CAESAB. 
 24 
 
 CABSAR- 
 
 1870. 
 
 1 Translate (B. O. H- 23) ' ^■^„„^ „d d^trom coiliu 
 
 Lsav ab deeimae leg.oms^»ho,t; _^^^__^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^..^ 
 
 pvofectus, ubi s„os urgon -g»W ^^. .^^^^ ,„ p„„„„„ 
 
 duodedmae l^i»"'%<r ImHc cohortis omnibus centnv>on>- 
 
 eohortiu.n omnibas fern centm ^^.^ ^^^^^^^ j^,,,,,,„„ 
 
 oeciste, in his P™°'* .^^^ribus confeeto, ut jam se s«s- 
 vircmultis g'='vibnsc,ueM.lnenb ^^ _^^_^_^„„„^ 1, 
 
 tine e non posset •, -Uq"- ^^^^ J^ ,, tela vitave', Uoste. 
 „ovissimis desevto pvoeV » --de ^_^^^ ^^^.^ittere et al 
 ueqne a froute c. »*.<>- ° « ^^^ ,, ,„g„.to vid.t, neq 
 utroqne latere instare , » '^"' ,.. sonto ab nov s- 
 
 d:ts;:--;:Snu.ossen,, -p- 
 
 o ^.A Fxnlain the subjunctives. )d 
 
 2. (a) Lxpi^" eo-ordiuate conjunti 
 
 (_;>) Poiut out tlie CO oiu J j^g^ 
 
 1877. 
 
 Translate (B. (?."!• 20)- . , ., . 
 
 modern fere tempor Publ - ^^,, Aqn.taman, 
 
 pervenisset, quae V^^'^'^'J^m ex tertia ^'^'g^^"^"^ '^t'" 
 lullne et -ultitudme bom nun ex ^^^.^^ ^^^ 
 
 ..stimanda, cum ^-^^^^^^^"^ V Ludus Val^^^l"- geren- 
 dma ubl panels auto anms Lucms ^.,.^,,^,,;,,,,,
 
 Los Angeies, Ci!, 
 CAESAR. 25 
 
 logatus exercitn pulso interfectus csset, atque undo Lucius 
 Manlius proconsul impodimcntis amissis profugissot, non 
 mc'diocreni sibi diligeutiain adliihcndani intcHigobat. Itaquo 
 re fnunentaria provisa, auxiliis equitatuquc coniparato, 
 multis praeterea viris fortibus Tolosa et Narbone, quae sunt 
 civitates Galliae provinoiae linitimae his regiouibus, nomina- 
 tim evocatis, in Sontiatum fines cxercituin iutroduxit. Cujus 
 adventu cognito, Sontiates niagnis copiis coactis equitatuque, 
 quo plmimuui valebant, in itinere agmen nostrum adorti pri- 
 mum equestrc procliuni commiserunt : deinde equitatu sue 
 pulso atque insequentibus nostris, subito pedestres copias, 
 quas in eonvalle in insidiis colloeaverant, ostenderunt. Hi 
 nostros disjeetos adorti proelium reuovaruat. 
 
 1878. 
 
 Translate (B. G. III. 26) : — 
 
 Crassus equitum praefectos cohortatus ut magnis praeraiis 
 poUicitatiouibusque sues excitarent, quid fieri vellet ostendit. 
 lUi, ut erat imperatum, eductis mi cohortibus, quae prae- 
 sidio castris relictae intritae ab labore eraut, et longiore 
 itinere cii'cumductis ne ex hostium castris conspici possent, 
 omuiuni oculis mentibusque ad pugnam intontis, celeriter ad 
 eas quas diximus munitiones pervenerunt, atque his perrup- 
 tis prius in iiostium castris constitcrunt quani plane ab his 
 videri aut (piid rei gercretur eognosci posset. Turn vero 
 claniore ab ea parte audito nostri rediutogratis viril)us, quod 
 pleruiiKine in spe victoriae accidere consuevit, acrius im})ug- 
 nare coeperuut. Ilostes undique eiroumventi desjicratis 
 onniil)us rebus se per munitiones dejieere et fuga salutem 
 l)etere intenderunt. Quos equitatus apertissimis campis 
 consectatus ex milium i. numero, quae ex Aquitania Canta- 
 brisque convenisse constaljat, vix quarta parte relicta multa 
 uocte se in castra recepit.
 
 26 CAESAK. 
 
 1879. 
 
 1. Translate (B. G. I. 38) : — 
 
 Cum triclui viam processisset, nuiitiatnm est ei Ariovis- 
 tiim cum suis omnibus copiis ad oceupanduni Vesontioneni, 
 quod est oppidum maximum Sequanorum, contendere tri- 
 duique viam a suis finibus profecisse. Id ne accideret, 
 magnopere sibi praecavendum Caesar existimabat. Nam- 
 que omnium rerum, quae ad bellum usui erant, summa 
 erat in eo oppido facultas, idque uatura loci sic muniebatur, 
 ut magnam ad ducendum bellum daret facultatem, propterea 
 quod flumeu Dubis ut circino circumductum paeue totuni 
 oppidum cingit ; reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius 
 pedum DC, qua flumen intermittit, mons continet magna 
 altitudine, ita ut radices montis ex utraque parte ripae llu- 
 minis contingant. 
 
 2. What kind of a pronoun is sibi? Construction of sibi, 
 pedum, altitudine. AVrite the numeral represented by DC in 
 the form here required. 
 
 3. Translate {B. G. IV. 5) : — 
 
 Est enim hoc Gallicae consuetudinis, uti et viatores etiam 
 invitos consistere cogant et, quod quisque eorum de quaque 
 re audierit aut cognoverit, quaerant, et mereatores in oppi- 
 dis vulgus circumsistat, quibusque ex regionibus veniant 
 quasque ibi res coguoverint, pronuutiare cogant. His rebus 
 atfjue auditionibus permoti de summis saepe rebus consilia 
 ineunt, quorum eos e vestigio iK)enitere necesse est, cum 
 incertis rumoribus serviant, et \)lerique ad voluntatem eoreni 
 ficta respondeant. 
 
 4. To what does lioc refer (line 1)? AYhat does q^te in 
 quibusque connect (line 4)? Gender of vulgus. What use 
 of the genitive in consuetudinis, quorum?
 
 CAESAR. 27 
 
 1880. 
 
 1. Translate {B. G. I. 34) : — 
 
 Quamobi'em pLicuit ei, ut ad Ariovistnm leo;atos mitteret, 
 qui ab eo postularcnt, iiti ali([iieiu locum uiedhuu utrius- 
 que coUoquio diceret : Arlle sese de republica et suuiniis 
 utriusque il'1)us cuiu eo agere. Ei Icgatioui Ariovistus res- 
 poiulit : si (|uid ipsi a Caesare opus esset, sese ad eum 
 veuturuin fuisse ; si quid ille se velit, ilium ad se venire 
 oportere. Praeterea se neque sine exereitu in eas partes 
 C4alUae venire audere, qnas Caesar possideret, neque exer- 
 citum sine magno eommeatu atque molimento in unum 
 locum contrahere posse. Sibi autem mirum videri, quid in 
 sua Gallia, quara bcllo vicisset, aut Caesari aut omniuo 
 populo Romano negotii esset. 
 
 2. Who was Ariovistus? To whom does ei refer (line 1)? 
 What was the occasion of this embassy ? Change neque exer- 
 citum sine . . . negotii esset to the oratio recta. 
 
 3. Translate {B. G. III. 10) : — 
 
 Erant hae difficnltates belli gerendi, quas supra ostendi- 
 mus, sed multa Caesarem tamen ad id bellnm incitabant : 
 injuriae retentorum equitum Romanorum, rebellio facta 
 post deditionem, defectio datis obsidibus, tot civitatum 
 conjuratio, imprimis, ne hac parte neglecta reliquae natioues 
 sibi idem licere arbitrarentur. Itaque cum intellegerct omnes 
 fere Gallos novis rebus stndere et ad belhnn mobiliter ecleri- 
 terque excitari, omnes autem homines natm'a libertati studere 
 et condicionem servitutis odisse, priusquam plures civitates 
 conspirarent, partiendum sibi ac latins distribuendum exer- 
 citum putavit. 
 
 4. What is the construction of idem? Ui^on \vh;it does 
 cuni intellegeret depend? Why does cum require the sub- 
 junctive here?
 
 28 CAESAR. 
 
 1881. 
 
 1. Translate {B. G. II. 11) : — 
 
 Ea re constituta secunda vigilia magno cum strepitn ae 
 tuimiltu castris egressi inillo certo ordinc ueque imperio, 
 ciiiu sibi quisque primuin itineris locum petcrct et domuui 
 perveuire properaret, feoerunt, ut consimilis fugae pro- 
 fectio videretur. Hac re statim Caesar per speculatores 
 cogJiita iusidias veritus, quod, qua de causa discederent, 
 uondum perspexerat, exercitum equitatumque eastris con- 
 tiuuit. Prima luce confirmata re al) exploratoribus onmem 
 equitatum, qui uovissimum agmeu moraretar, praemisit. 
 
 2. (a) Describe tlic vigiliae. 
 
 {h) Explain the subjunctives discederent and moraretur. 
 (c) Give the time, place, and manner of Caesar's death. 
 
 3. Trauslate (B. G. IV. 8) : — 
 
 Ad haec quae visum est Caesar respondit ; sed exitus fiiit 
 oratiouis : •' Sibi nullam cum his amicitiam esse posse, si in 
 Gallia remanereut ; neque verum esse, qui suos fines tueri 
 nou potuorint, alienos occupare ; necpie ullos in Gallia vacare 
 agros, qui dari tantae praesertmi nuiltitudiui sine injuria 
 possint ; sed licere, si velhit, in Ubiorum finibus considere, 
 quorum sint legati apud so et de Suevorum injuriis querantur 
 et a se auxilium petaut : hoc so Ubiis imporaturum." 
 
 A. (a) Change the words of Caesar to direct discourse. 
 
 1882. 
 
 1. Translate {B. G. I. 3G) : — 
 
 Ad liaec Ariovistus respondit: "Jus esse belli, ut. qui 
 vicissent, iis, (juos vieisseiit, (iuomadniodnm velk-nt. im- 
 perareut : item populum Komauum victis non ad alterius 
 priiescriptum, sed ad suum arbitrium imperare consuessc. 
 Si ipse popiilo Romano uoii [jiaescriberet, quemadmodum
 
 CAESAR. 29 
 
 suo jure uteretur ; non oportcre sese a populo Romano 
 in sue jure inipediri. Aeduos sibi, quouiam belli fortunam 
 tentassent et armis congressi ac superati essent, stipeudi- 
 arios esse factos. !Magnain Caesarem injuriam facero, qui 
 sue adventu vectigalia sibi dcteriora laceret. Aeduiy 
 sc obsides reddituruui non esse, ncquo iis ncquc ooium 
 soeiis injuria bellum illaturuni, si in eo manei-eut, quod 
 conveuisset, stipendiumque quotanuis penderent : si id 
 non fecissent, longe iis fraternum uonien populi Romani 
 abluturuni. Quod sibi Caesar deuuntiaret se Acduorum 
 injurias non ncglecturum ; ncminem socuni sine sua pernieie 
 contendisse. Cum vellet, congrederetur ; intellectnrum. quid 
 invicti Germani, exercitatissimi in armis, qui inter aunos 
 quatuordecim tectum non subissent, virtute possent." 
 
 2. Change the speech to direct discourse. 
 
 3. Translate {B. G. III. 10) : — 
 
 Quo proelio bellum Yenetorum totiusquc orae maritimae 
 confectum est. Nam cum onniis juventus, omnes etiam 
 gravioris aetatis, in quibus aliquid consilii aut dignitatis fuit, 
 CO conveuerant ; tum navium quod ubique fucrat, unum in 
 locum coegerant : quibus amissis reliqui neque quo se recipe- 
 rent neque quemadniodum opi)ida defenderent, hal)ebant. 
 Itaque se suaquc omnia Caesari dedidcrunt. In quos eo 
 gravius Caesar vindicandum statuit, quo diligeutius in reli- 
 quum tem[)us a barbaris jus legatorum eonservaretur. Itaque 
 omni senatu necato reliquos sub corona veudidit. 
 
 4. How long and by what authority was Ci»sar in com- 
 mand in Gaul?
 
 30 CAESAR. 
 
 1883. 
 
 "Write a brief life of Julius Caesar. 
 
 Traiiolate any two of the following passages : — 
 
 1. Duni haec in conlo(iuio geruutur, Caesari uuntiatum 
 est equites Ariovisti propius tuuiuhun aecedere et ad nostros 
 adequitare, lupides telaque in nostros couieere. Caesar 
 loquendi fineui facit seque ad suos recipit suisque imperavit, 
 ne quod oninino teluui in liostes reicerent. Nam etsi sine 
 ullo periculo legiouis delectae cum equitatu proelium fore 
 videbat, tamen committeudum non putabat, ut pulsis hosti- 
 bus dici posset cos ab se per fidem in couloquio circuuiventos. 
 Posteaquam in vulgus militum elatum est, qua adrogantia iu 
 conloquio Ariovistus usus omni Gallia Romauis interdixisset, 
 impetuuique in nostros eius equites fecissent, eaque res eon- 
 loquium ut diremisset, multo maior alacritas studiumque 
 puguandi mains exercitui iniectum est. — {B. G. I. 4G.) 
 
 2. Eodem fere tempore Caesar, etsi prope exacta iam 
 aestas erat, tamen, quod onuii Gallia pacata Morini JNIeuapii- 
 que supereraut, qui iu armis essent neque ad cum umquam 
 legatos de pace misissent, arbitratus id belUnn eeleriter 
 confici posse eo exercitum adduxit ; qui longe alia ratione 
 ac reliqui Galli bellum gcrere cocporunt. Nam quod intel- 
 legebant maximas nationes, quae proelio contendissent, 
 pulsas superatasque esse, continentcsque silvas ac paludes 
 habobant, eo so suaque omnia contulerunt. Ad quarum 
 initium silvarum cum Caesar [)ervenisset castraque munire 
 instituisset neque hostis interim visus esset, dispersis in 
 opere nostris subito ex omnil)us partibus silvae evolaverunt 
 et in nostros iuipotuui fceorunt. Nostri eeleriter arma 
 ceperunt eosque in silvas rei)ulorunt et conpluribus interfoctis 
 longius inpeditioril)us locis secuti paucos ex suis doperdide- 
 runt. — (J3. G. Ill, 28.) 
 
 3. Quibus rebus Roniam nuntiatis tantus repente terror
 
 CAESAB. 31 
 
 invasit, ut, cum Lentulus consul ad aperiendum aerarium 
 venisset ad pecuuiam Poinpeio ex senatusconsulto proferen- 
 dam, protiuus aperto sauctiore aerario ex urbe prot'ugeret. 
 Caesar enim advt'iitare iani iainquc et adesse eius cquites 
 falso nuntiabantur. Hunc JMarcellus coUega et plerique 
 magistratus coiisecuti sunt. Cu. Ponipeius pridie eius diei 
 ex urbe i)rofectus iter ad legiones habebat, quas a Caesare 
 acceptas iu Apulia hibernorum causa disposuerat. Delectus 
 circa urbem iuterniittuntur : nihil citra Capuam tutuin esse 
 omnibus videtur. Capuae primum sese confirmant et coUi- 
 gunt delectunique colonorum, qui lege lulia Capuam deduct! 
 erant, habere instituuut ; gladiatoresque, quos ibi Caesar in 
 ludo habebat, ad forum deductos Lentulus spe libertatis con- 
 firmat atque his equos adtribuit et se sequi iussit ; quos 
 postea mouitus ab suis, quod ea res omnium iudicio repre- 
 hendebatur, circum familias conventus Campaniae custodiae 
 causa distribuit. — {B. C. I. 1-1.) 
 
 4. Itaque duabus legionil)US missis in ulteriorem Hispaniam 
 cum Q. Cassio, tribuno plel>is, ipse sexcentis cquitibus 
 magnis itineribus progreditur edietumque praemittit, ad 
 quam diem magistratus principesque onniium civitutum sibi 
 esse praesto Cordubae vellet. Quo edicto tota provineia 
 pervulgato nulla fnit civitas, quin ad id tempus partem sena- 
 tus Cordubam mitteret, non civis Romanus paulo notior, 
 quin ad diem conveniret. Simul ipse Cordubae conventus 
 per se portas Varroni dausit, custodias vigiliasque in turribus 
 muroque disposuit, cohortes duas, quae colon icae appella- 
 bantur, cum eo casu venissent, tuendi oppidi causa apud se 
 retinuit. Isdem diebus Carmonenses, quae est longe firmis- 
 sima totius provinciae civitas, deductis tribus in arcem oppidi 
 cohortibus a Varrone praesidio per se cohortes eiecit portas- 
 que praeclusit. — {B. C. II. 19.)
 
 32 CICERO. 
 
 CICERO. 
 
 1876. 
 
 1. Translate {Ck. Cat. II. 4) : — 
 
 Unum etiam luiuc concedam : exeant, proficiscantur, ne 
 patiantur dosiderio siii Catilinam miseiiiiii tabcseore. De- 
 iiionstrabo iter : Aurelia via profectus est ; si accelerare 
 voleut, ad vesperam consequeutur. O fortunatam rem pub- 
 licam, si quidein banc sentinam bujiis urbis ejocerit ! Uno 
 inc'hercule Catiliiia exhausto, relevata mihi et recreata res 
 })ublica videtiir. 
 
 2. (a) Wbat was tbe effect of Cicero's first oration npon 
 Catiline? Location of the via Aurelia. 
 
 {b) Original meaning of sentina. 
 
 (c) Give the construction of desiderio, sw^, via, rem 
 jvMlcam. 
 
 3. Translate {Cic. Cat. IV. 5) = — 
 
 At vero C. Caesar intelligit legem Semproniam esse de 
 civibus Romanis coustitutam, qui autem rei publicac sit 
 hostis, eura civem esse uuUo niodo posse ; denique ipsum 
 latorem legis Semproniae injussu populi pocnas rei publicae 
 dependisse. 
 
 4. (a) Explain the mood of sit, iwsse. What is the ante- 
 cedent of qui ? 
 
 (&) Why are civem and latorem in the accusative ? 
 (c) What mode of punishment did Caesar advise? 
 {(I) Who proposed the lex Sempronia referred to here? 
 
 5. Translate {Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7) : — 
 
 Est igitur humanitatis vestrae, magnum coruni civium 
 mimei'uni calaniitate prohibere, sapientiae, videre nuiltorum 
 civium calamitatem a re jniblica scjunctam esse non posse. 
 
 G. The subject of est. Explain the construction of 
 sajjientiae.
 
 CICERO. 33 
 
 1877. 
 
 1. Translate {Cic. Cat. II. G): — 
 
 At etiam sunt qui dicant, Qnirites, a me in exsilium ejectum 
 esse Catilinani : quod ego si verbo adsequi possem, istos ipsos 
 cjicerem, qui luiec lo(juuntur. Homo eniui videlicet tiniidus 
 ant etiam permodestus vocem consulis ferre non potuit ; simul 
 atque ire in exsilium jussus est, paruit: Quid? ut hesteruo 
 die, Quirites, cum domi meae paene iuterfectus essem, seua- 
 tum in aedem Jovis Statoris convocavi, rem omnem ad patres 
 couseriptos detuli : quo cum Catiliua vcuisset, quis eum 
 senator appelhivit? 
 
 2. (a) Account for the mood and tense of dicant, ejicerem., 
 interfectus essem. Why is the preposition used with me 
 (line 1)? What does hesterno die qualify-? 
 
 (b) The location of the temple of Jupiter Stator. Why 
 was it selected for this meeting of the senate ? 
 
 3. Translate {Cic. Cat. IV. 6): — 
 
 Eteuim quaero, si quis pater familias, liberis suis a servo 
 interfectis, uxorc occisa, incensa domo, supplicium de servo 
 non quam acerbissimum sumpserit, utrum is clemens ac miser- 
 icors an inhumauissimus et erudelissimus esse videatur? 
 
 4. (a) In what case is familias? What does si connect? 
 what utru7n ? 
 
 (b) Construction of liberis, servo (line 1), clemens. 
 
 5. Translate {Cic. Arch. V.) : — 
 
 Census nostros requiris scilicet : est enim obscurum proxi- 
 mis censoribus hunc cum clarissimo imperatore L. I^ucullo 
 apud exercitum fuisse, supericn-iltus cum eodem qnaestore 
 fuisse in Asia, primis Julio et Crasso nuUam po[)uli [)artem 
 esse censam.
 
 34 CICERO. 
 
 6. (a) What uses of the ablative in this passage? With 
 what does obscurum agree ? 
 
 (&) How often was the census held? What were the 
 duties of a quaestor? 
 
 1878. 
 
 1. Translate {Cic. Cat. I. 6): — 
 
 Quod ego praetermitto et facile patior sileri, ne in hac civi- 
 tate tanti facinoris immanitas ant exstitisse aut non vindicata 
 esse videatur. Praetermitto ruinas fortunaruni tuaruni, quas 
 omnes impendere tibi proxiniis Idibus senties : ad ilia venio, 
 quae non ad privatam ignorainiam vitiorum tuorum, non ad 
 domesticam tuam difflcultatera ae turpitudinem, sed ad sum- 
 mam rem publicam atque ad omnium nostrum vitam salutem- 
 que pertinent. 
 
 2. (a) Explain the subjunctive videatur. 
 
 (&) What days of the month were the Kalends, the 
 Nones, and the Ides? How were the da3-s numbered from 
 these three points? Express in Latin October 21st. 
 
 3. Translate {Cic. Cat. III. 7) : — 
 
 Omiiia norat, omnium aditus tenebat ; appellare. temptare, 
 soUicitare, poterat, audebat ; erat ei consilium ad facinus 
 aptum, consilio autem neque raanus neque lingua deerat. 
 Jam ad certas res conficiendas ccrtos homines delectos ac 
 deseriptos habebat ; neque vero, cum alicpiid mandarat, con- 
 f ectum putabat : nihil erat quod non ipse obiret, occurreret, 
 ^^gilaret, laboraret ; frigus, sitim, famem fcrre poterat. 
 
 4. (a) Where are the forms norat and pot('r<it found? 
 Construction of ei, co)isilio. Explain the form silini. 
 
 (b) WJiat is asyndeton? Give an cxam[)le from this 
 passage.
 
 CICERO. 35 
 
 5. Translate (Cic. Arch. I.): — 
 
 Quod si liaec vox, hujus hortatn praeeeptisque conformata, 
 nonnuUis aliquando saluti fiiit, a quo id accepiunis (juo ccU'ris 
 opitulari et alios servare posscmus, huic profecto ijjsi, f|nan- 
 tum est situin iu uobis, et opem et salutem ferre debeuius. 
 
 6. (a) Give the anteeedeiits of a quo and of quo. 
 
 (b) What was tlie charge against Archias? What claim 
 had he to Cicero's services? 
 
 1879. 
 
 [One passage may be omitted.] 
 
 1. Translate {Cir. Cat. II. 1) : — 
 
 Sine dul)io perdidimus hominem magnificeque vicimns, 
 cum ilium ex occultis iiisidiis in apertum latrocinium conjeci- 
 mus. Quod vero non cruentum mucronem, ut voluit, extu- 
 lit, quod vivis nobis egressus est, quod ei ferrum e manibus 
 extorsimus, quod incolumes cives, quod stantem uritem 
 reliquit, quauto tandem ilium maerore esse afllictum et pro- 
 fligatum putatis? Jacet ille nunc prostratusque est ct se 
 pereulsum atque abjectum esse sentit et retorquet oculos 
 profecto saepe ad hanc urbem, quam e suis faucibus eroptam 
 esse lugct : quae quidem mihi laetari videtur, quod tantam 
 pesteni evouiuerit forasque projecerit. 
 
 2. (a) Upon what does quod . . . extuUt depend? What 
 is the object of seyitil ? Why foras and not for is ? Wliat is 
 the subject of 2'>^'ojecerit? Why is it subjunctive? 
 
 (6) Who was Cicero's colleague in the consulshi[), and 
 how was he affected toward Catiline ? 
 
 3. Translate (Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20) : — 
 
 Etenim talis est vir, ut nulla res tanta sit ac tarn difllcilis, 
 quam ille non et consilio regere et integritate tucri et virtute
 
 36 CICERO. 
 
 couficere possit. Sed in hoc ipso ab eo vehementissime dis- 
 sentio, quod quo minus certa est hominum ac minus diuturna 
 vita, hoc magis res pubhca, dum per deos inuiiortales hcet, 
 frui debet summi viri vita atque virtute. 
 
 4. (a) What kind of a genitive is hominum? What dis- 
 tinction in meaning between talis and tantus ? AVhat does 
 quod connect? Construction of Jioc (line 5), vita (hue G). 
 
 {h) The object of this oration. Its date. 
 
 5. Translate (Cic. Marcell. 7) : — 
 
 Nam quis est omnium tarn ignarus rerura, tam rudis in re 
 publica, tarn nihil umquam nee dc sua nee de communi 
 salute cogitans, qui non intelligat tua salute contineri suam 
 et ex uuius tua vita peudcre omnium? Equidem de to dies 
 noctesquc, ut debeo, cogitans casus dumtaxat huraanos et 
 incertos eventus valetudinis et naturae communis fragilita- 
 tem extimesco, doleoque, cum res publica immortalis esse 
 debeat, cam in uuius mortalis anima cousistere. 
 
 6. Construction of rerum, uuius (line 4), omnium (line 4), 
 dies. Is rudis ever limited by a genitive? Explain the 
 subjunctive intelligat. U[)(>n what does cum . . . debeat de- 
 pend? Wh}' is the subjunctive required? What difference 
 in meaning between timeo and extimesco? 
 
 7. Translate (Cic. Mil. 31) : — 
 
 Valcant, inquit, valeant cives mei ; sint incolumes, sint 
 florentes, sint l)eati; stet haec urbs praeclara mihiquc> pati-ia 
 carissima, quoquo modo erit merita de me ; trauquilla re 
 publica mei cives, quoniam mihi cum illis non licet, sine mc 
 ipsi, sed i)ropter me tameu perfruantur ; ego cedam atque 
 al>ibo : si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, at carebo 
 mala, et quam primum tetigero bene moratam et liberam 
 civitatem, in ea conquiescam.
 
 CICERO. 37 
 
 8. (a) Where is the form licuerit fouud? conqniescam? 
 Give the coustruetiou of inihi (line 2), re publica (line 6), 
 cives (line 4), mala, qitavi. 
 
 (b) AVhat was Cicero's reason for defending Milo? 
 
 1880. 
 
 [One passage may be omitted.] 
 
 1. Translate (In Cat. III. 8) : — 
 
 Itaque illorum responsit turn et ludi per decern dies facti 
 sunt Jieque res ulla quae ad placaudos deos pertineret prae- 
 termissa est, idenique jusserunt simulacrum Jovis facere 
 ma jus et in excelso collocare et contra atque an tea fuerat ad 
 orientem convertere ; ac se sperare dixerunt, si illud signum, 
 quod videtis, solis ortum et forum curiamque conspiceret, 
 fore ut ea consilia, quae clam essent inita contra salutem 
 urbis atque imperii, illustrareutiir, ut a senatu populoque 
 Romano perspici posseut. 
 
 2. (a) "What kind of a genitive is illorum.? Explain the 
 ablative resjMiisis. What is the use of et (line 1)? In what 
 case is idem? To what is it here equivalent? Why is videtis 
 not subjunctive? 
 
 {b) Indicate the relative positions of the Palatine hill, 
 the CapiLoliue hill, the Forum and the Campus Martins. 
 
 3. Translate {Pro Arch. VIII.) : — 
 
 Quis nostrum tain animo agresti ac duro fuit, ut Roscii 
 morte nuper non commovcretur? Qui cum esset senex mor- 
 tuus, tamen propter excellenttim artem ac venustatem vide- 
 l)atur omnino mori non debuisse. Ergo ille corporis motu 
 tantum amorem sibi conciliarat a nobis omnibus : nos animo- 
 rum iucredibiles motus celeritatemque ingeuiorum ueglege- 
 mus?
 
 38 CICERO. 
 
 4. (a) Why not quis nostril "What kind of an ablative is 
 animo? Explain the form conciUarat. 
 
 {h) AVhy does Cicero introduce the example of 
 "Roscius? Tell what you know about Roscius and his rela- 
 tions to Cicero. 
 
 5. Translate {De Imp. Pomp. XII.) : — 
 
 Sociis ego uostris mare per hos annos clausum fuisse 
 dicam, cum exercitus A-estri uumquam a Brundisio nisi hieme 
 summa transmiserint ? Qui ad vos ab exteris nationil)us veni- 
 rent captos querar, cum legati populi Roraani redempti sint? 
 INIercatoribus tutum mare nou fuisse dicam, cum duodecim 
 secures in praedonum potestatem pervenerint? 
 
 6. {a) Upon what does cum . . . transmiserint depend? 
 The antecedent of qui. The meaning of duodecim secures. 
 AVhat are the contrasted words in each sentence? 
 
 (h) Why wei'e the armies oljliged to cross over from 
 Brundisium in the winter? Wiiere was Brundisium? 
 
 7. Translate (Pro. Lig. IV.) : — 
 
 Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo : externi isti mores, 
 nsque ad sanguinem incitari odio, ant levium Graecorum aut 
 immanium barbarorum. Nam quid agis aliud? Romae ne 
 sit? Ut domo careat? Ne cum optimis fratril)us, ne cum 
 hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio conso])rino suo, 
 ne nobiscum vivat? Ne sit in patria? Num est? Num 
 potest magis carere his omnibus (juam caret? 
 
 8. (a) What does the genitive 6'r((r'corM?Ji Innit? Whv /ioc 
 (line .")) and not illo? Wliat answer is expected to the ques- 
 tion Num est? To whom does ejus refi-r? To whom suo? 
 
 (b) AYho brought tl»e accusation against Ligarius? 
 Where and before whom was the case argued ? How was it 
 decided ?
 
 CICERO. 39 
 
 1881. 
 
 [One passage may be omitted.] 
 
 1. Translate (Li Cat. III. 10) : — 
 
 In hoc autcm uno post hominnm memoriam maximo cru- 
 dclissiinoque bello, quale bellum nulla umquam barbaria cum 
 sua geute gessit, quo in bello lex haec fuit a Lentulo, Cati- 
 lina, Cethego, Cassio constituta, ut omnes, qui salva uibe 
 salvi esse possent, in hostium uumero ducerentur, ita nie 
 gessi, Quirites, ut salvi omnes conservaremini, et cum hostes 
 vcstri tantum civium superfuturum putussent, quantum in- 
 finitae caedi restitisset, tantum autem urbis, quantum flamma 
 obire nou potuisset, et urbem et elves integros iucolumesque 
 servavi. 
 
 2. (a) Give the principal verbs of this sentence. Upon 
 what does quantum . . . poi(a's.S(?^ depend? What explains 
 the meaning of lex haec? Explain the subjunctives possent, 
 jyutassent. 
 
 {b) Why did Cicero go into exile ? How long was this 
 after his consulship ? 
 
 3. Translate (Pro Marcell. I) : — 
 
 Diuturni silenti, patres conscripti, quo erara his tempori- 
 bus usus, non timore aliquo, sed partim dolore, partim vere- 
 cundia finem hodiernus dies attulit, idemque initium quae 
 vcllem quaeque sentu'era meo pristino more dicendi : tantam 
 enim mansuetudiuem, tarn inusitatam inauditamque clemen- 
 tiam, tantum in summa potestate rerum omnium modum, tam 
 denique incredibilem sapientiam ac paene divinam tacitus 
 praeterire nullo modo possum. 
 
 4. ((f) AVitli wlintdocs /r^'/u .'igrcc? The construction of the 
 antecedent of quae. Why the phiperlVct t.'usc in eram usus ? 
 
 (b) What moved Cicero to deliver this oration? What 
 was the fate of Marcellus?
 
 ^ 40 CICERO. 
 
 5. Translate (Pro Arch. III.) : — 
 
 Hac tauta celebritate famae cum esset jam absentibus 
 notus, Romam venit Mario consulc et Catulo. Nactus est 
 primum cousules eos, quorum alter res ad seribeiKluui maxi- 
 mas, alter cum res gestas tum etiam studium atque aures 
 adhibere posset. Statim LucuUi, cum praetextatus etiam 
 tum Archias esset, eum doinum suam receperunt. 
 
 6. Explain full}" the meaning of the sentence, Nactus est 
 . . .posset. AVhy is the subjunctive required? Why a^fer, 
 and not alius ? 
 
 7. Translate {Pro Lig. XII.) : — 
 
 Nihil est tam populare quam bonitas, nulla de virtutibus 
 tuis plurimis nee admirabilior nee gratior misericordia est. 
 Homines enim ad decs nulla re propius accedunt quam salu- 
 tem hominibus dando ; nihil habet ncc fortuna tua majus 
 quam ut possis, nee natura melius quam ut velis servare 
 quam plurimos. Longiorem orationem causa forsitan pos- 
 tulet, tua certe natura breviorem. 
 
 8. What determines the gender of miJJa ? With what 
 does melius agree? Why are the two negatives nulla . . . 
 nee not equivalent to an affirmative? 
 
 1882. 
 
 [Any two passages may be omitted.] 
 
 1. Translate {Cat. II. G): — 
 
 At etiam sunt qui dicant, Quirites, a me in exsilium ejec- 
 tum esse Catilinam : quod ego si verbo adsequi possem, istos 
 ipsos ejicerem, qui haec loquuntur. Homo enim videlicet 
 timidus aut etiam permodestus vocera consulis ferre non 
 potuit ; simul atque ire in exsilium jussus est, paruit : quid? 
 Ut hesterno die, Quirites, cum domi meae paene interfectus
 
 CICERO, 41 
 
 essem, senatiim in nodoin Joais Statoris convocavi, rem oin- 
 nem ad patres conscriptos detuli : quo cum Catilina vcuisset, 
 (juis cum senator adpcllavit? Quis salutavit? Quis deniquc 
 ita aspcxit ut perdituui civem ac nou potius ut iuii)orUuiis- 
 simum liostcm ? 
 
 2. Explain the uses of the subjunctive mode in this pas- 
 sage. "What different meanings lias aedes in the singular and 
 plural? Why is the pluperfect tense used in venisset (line 
 8) ? Could qui be substituted for quis in the expression quis 
 eum senator adpellavit? 
 
 3. Translate {Cat. IV. 5): — 
 
 At vero C. Caesar intelligit legem Scmproniam esse de 
 civibus Romanis constitutam ; qui autem rei publicae sit 
 liostis, eum civem nullo modo esse posse : deuique ii)sum 
 lutorera Semproniae legis jussu populi poenas rei publicae 
 dependisse. Idem ipsum Lentulum, largitorem et prodignm, 
 non putat, cum de pernicie populi Romani, exitio hujus urbis 
 tarn acerbe, tam crudeliter cogitarit, etiam appellari posse 
 popularem. 
 
 4. Who is meant by latorem legis Semproniae? Criticise 
 the accuracy of the historical statement in lines 3 and 4. How 
 would Coesar have disposed of the convicted conspirators ? 
 
 5. Translate {Arch. S) : — 
 
 Quod si ipsi haec neque attingere neque sensu nostro 
 gustare possemus, tamen ea mirari deberemus, etiam cum in 
 aliis videremus. Quis nostrum tam auimo agresti ac duro 
 fuit, ut Roscii morte nuper non commoveretur ? Qui cum 
 esset senex mortnus, tamen propter excellentem artem ac 
 venustat(!m videbatur oninino mori non debuisse. Ergo ille 
 corporis motu tan turn amorem sibi conciliarat a nobis omnil)us : 
 nos animonun incredibiles motus celeritatemque ingeniorum 
 negligemus ?
 
 42 CICERO. 
 
 6. Why is nostrum used (line 3) in preference to nostri? 
 How can we tell from the form of the dependent sentence 
 whether commoveretur denotes purpose or result? Give the 
 ablative singular of excellentem and incredibiles. 
 
 7. Translate (MarceU. G) : — 
 
 Quare gaiide tuo isto tam excellenti bono, et fruere cum 
 fortuna et gloria turn etiam natura et moribus tuis ; ex quo 
 quidem maximus est fructus jucunditasque sapienti. Cetera 
 cum tua recordabere, etsi persaepe vix'tuti, tamen plerumque 
 felicitati tuae gratulabere : de nobis, quos in re publica tecum 
 simul esse voluisti, quoties cogitabis, toties de maximis tuis 
 beneficiis, toties de incredibili liberalitate, toties de singular! 
 sapientia tua cogitabis. 
 
 8. Give construction of bono and fortuna. What is the 
 difference in meaning between ceterus and alius? What kind 
 of a verb is recordabere? Give its participles with their 
 meaning. 
 
 0. Translate {Manil. 15): — 
 
 Jam accepta in Ponto calamitate ex eo proelio, dc quo vos 
 paulo ante iuvitus admouui, cum socii pertimuissent, hostium 
 opes animique crevissent, satis firmum praesidiinn provincia 
 non haberet, amisissetis Asiam, Quirites, nisi ad ipsum dis- 
 crimen ejus temporis divinitus Cn. Pompeium ad eas regiones 
 fortuna populi Romani attulisset. Hujus adventus et Mith- 
 ridatem insolita inflammatum victoria continuit et Tigranem 
 magnis copiis minitantem Asiae retardavit. 
 
 10. What would be the imperfect subjunctive of accepta? 
 How would it diller in form from tlie imperfect subjunctive of 
 vciiio? Pompey's full name was Gnaeus Pompeius tStrabo; 
 — what did the Romans call each of these names ? 
 
 i
 
 CICEKO. 43 
 
 1883. 
 
 [Any two passages may be omitted.] 
 
 1. (a) Translate (in L. Calilinaia rrniia^ XI.) : — 
 
 " M. TiiUi, quid agis? tune eum, queni esse hostem cora- 
 peristi, queni ducem belli futurum vides, quem expectnri 
 iniperatoreni in ciistris hostiuni sentis, auctorem sceleris, 
 principeni coniurationis, evocatorem servorum et civium per- 
 ditorum, exire patiere, ut abs te non euiissus ex urbe, sed 
 immissus in uibem esse videatur ? nouue hunc in vincula 
 duci, non ad nioitem rapi, non summo supplicio mactari 
 imperabis ? Quid tandem inipedit te ? Mosne maiorum ? 
 At persaepe etiam privati in hac re publica pernieiosos civis 
 morte nniltarunt. An leges, quae de civium Romauorum 
 supplicio rogatae sunt ? At nunquam in hac urbe ii, qui a 
 re [jublica defecerunt, civium iura tenuerunt. An invidiam 
 posteritatis times? Praeclaram vero populo Romano refers 
 gratiam, qui te, liominem per te coguitum, nulla commen- 
 datione maiorum, tam mature ad summum imperium per 
 omnis honorum gradus extulit, si propter invidiam aut 
 alicuius periculi metum salutem civium tuorum negligis." 
 
 ip) Give a brief sketch of Cicero's life up to the time 
 of the delivery of this oration. What political offices had 
 he successivel}' held, as suggested by the words |:)er omnis 
 honorum gradus (line IG), what in general were the duties 
 of these offices, and at what age did he reach the consulship, 
 as suggested b^- the words tam mature ad summxim im- 
 Xierium (line IG). 
 
 2. (a) Translate (Pro -4rc7im, III.) : — 
 
 Hac tanta celebritate famae cum essct iam absentibus 
 notus, Komam venit, INIario consule et Catulo. Nactus est 
 primum consules cos, quorum alter res ad scribendum maxi- 
 mas, alter cum res gestas, turn etiam studium atque auris
 
 44 CICERO. 
 
 adhibere posset. Statim Luculli, cum praetextatus etiam 
 turn Archias esset, eum [in] donuim suam receperimt. Sed 
 etiam hoc non solum ingeui ac literarum, verum etiam naturae 
 atque viitutis, ut doraus, quae huius adolescentiae prima 
 fuerit, eadem esset farailiarissima seuectuti. Erat tempori- 
 bus illis iucundus Q. Metello, illi Numidico, et eius Pio filio : 
 audiebatur a M. Aemilio : vivebat cum Q. Catulo, et patre, 
 et filio. 
 
 (&) 3farw consiile et Catulo (line 2) — about what time 
 was this? Mes ad scribendum maximas (line 3) — mention 
 some of them. 
 
 (c) Exi)lain the expression cu7n praetextatus . . . 
 Archias esset (line 6). What does it impl}^ as to the age 
 of Archias at the time when he came to Rome? Why is 
 Quintus Metellus called ille Numidicus (line 10) ? Give the 
 present of nactus est. Explain the subjunctives in the 
 passage. 
 
 3. (o) Translate {Pro M. Marcello, VI.) : — 
 Atque huius quidem rei M. Marcollo sum testis. Nostri 
 enim sensus, ut in pace semper, sic tum etiam in bello con- 
 gruebant. Quoties ego eum et quanto cum dolore vidi, cum 
 insolentiam certorum hominum, tum etiam ipsius victoriae 
 ferocitatem extimesccntem ! Quo gratior tua liberalitas, C. 
 Caesar, nobis, qui ilia vidimus, debet esse. Non enim iam 
 causae sunt inter se, sed victoriae comparandae. Vidimus 
 tuam victoriam proeliorum exitu terminatam ; gladium vagina 
 vacuum in urbe non vidimus. Quos amisimus civis, eos 
 Martis vis perculit, non ira victoriae, ut dubitare debeat 
 nemo, quin multos, si fieri posset, C. Caesar ab inferis ex- 
 citarct, quoniam ex eadem acie conservat, quos potest. 
 
 {h) What part of speech is nostri (line 1), and how is 
 this determined? From what kind of a verb does the sc
 
 CICERO. 46 
 
 show extimescentem (line 5) to be? What figure of speech 
 in Martis vis (line 10)? Wiiy is quiu (line 11) employed 
 here rather, for exiunple, than quominus ? What does ut 
 connect (line 10), quia (line 11), si (line 11), and quoniam, 
 (line 12) ? Explain the uses of the subjunctive mode in the 
 passage. 
 
 4. (a) Translate {Pro Lege Manilia, XXIII.) : — 
 Ora maritima, Quirites, Cn. Pompeinm non solum propter 
 rei militaris gloriam, sed etiam propter aninii continentiam 
 requisivit. Videbat enim praetores locupletari quotaunis 
 pecunia publica, praeter paucos, neque eos quidquam aliud 
 assequi classium nomine, nisi ut dctrimentis accipiendis 
 maiore afflci turpitudiue vidoremur. Nunc qua cupiditate 
 homines in provincias, quibus iacturis, quibus conditionibus 
 proficiscantur, ignorant videlicet isti, qui ad unum deferenda 
 esse omnia non arbitrantur : quasi vero Cn. Pompeium non 
 cum suis virtutibus, tum etiam alienis vitiis magnum esse 
 videamus? Quare nolite dtibitare, quiu huic uui credatis 
 omnia, qui inter tot annos unus inventus sit, quem socii in 
 urbes suas cum exercitu venisse gaudeaut. 
 
 (&) Explain the uses of subjunctive mode in the passage. 
 What other ways of expressing a prohibition tlian the one 
 employed in nolite dnbitare (line 11)? Wliat other con- 
 structions after verbs of rejoicing than the accusative with 
 the infinitive, as in quem . . . venisse . . . r/aacleant (line 13)? 
 (c) State briefly' the subject of this oration and the 
 circumstances under which it was delivered.
 
 46 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 187G. 
 
 1. Translate {Verg. yEn. V. G01-G12) : — 
 
 Hie primum Fortuna ficlem mutata novavit 
 Dura variis turaiilo rcfenmt soUcrauia ludis 
 Irim de caelo misit Saturn ia Juno 
 Iliacam ad classem, ventosque adspirat euuti, 
 Multa moveus, necdum antiquum saturata dolorem 
 Ilia, viani celeraus per mille coloribus arcura, 
 Nulli visa cito decurrit tramite virgo. 
 Couspicit ingeutem concursum, et litora lustrat, 
 Desertosque videt portus elassemque relictam. 
 
 2. (a) Explain the tense of referunt. What does dum 
 connect? Explain the form Trim. Give the nominative 
 singular of eunti. 
 
 (h) Why was Juno hostile to the Trojans? AYhat ca- 
 lamity did she now bring upon them ? 
 
 3. (a) Divide the last two lines into feet, marking the 
 quantity of each syllable. 
 
 (b) Account for the quantity of the final syllables in 
 variis, tumulo, de, adspirat. 
 
 (c) When is e final long? Mark the quantity of the 
 vowels in Jiebam, niel. Distinguish between idem and Idem, 
 fugit and fiigit. 
 
 [() may 1)C siil)stitiiti'(l for oitlier 4 or o.] 
 
 4. Translate {Verg. Ed. X. G1-G8) : — 
 
 Non ilium nostri possunt mutare labores ; 
 Nee si frigoribus mediis Ilebrumque bibamus, 
 Sithoniasque nives liiemis subcanuis aquosae, 
 Nee si, cum moriens alta liber aret in ulino, 
 Aethiopum versemus ovis subsidere Caneri.
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 47 
 
 5. Tninslatc ( Very. Gear. I. 383-3.S7) : — 
 
 Jam varias polagi volucres, et <nuie Asia circum 
 I)ulcil)u.s in stagnis rimautur prata Caystri, 
 Certatiiii largos umeris iiifuudero voi'os, 
 Nunc caput objoctare fretis, nunc cuiivrc iu undas, 
 Et studio iiicussuiu videas gestire lavaudi. 
 
 G. Translate (Ovid, 'Met. II. 319-324) : — 
 
 At Phaethon, rutilos flanima populante capillos, 
 Volvitur iu praecei)s, longotpie per aera tractu 
 Fertur, ut interdum de caelo stella sereno 
 Etsi non eecidit, potuit cecidisse videri. 
 Qncm proeul a patria diverse maximus orbe 
 Excipit Eridanus, fumautiaque abluit ora. 
 
 1877. 
 
 1. Translate (Verg. ^n. III. 492-499) : — 
 
 Hos ego digrediens lacrimis affabar obortis : 
 Vivite felices, quibus est fortuna peracta 
 Jam sua ; uos alia ex aliis in fata vocaniur. 
 Vobis parta quies ; nullum maris aequor arandum 
 Arva neque Ausoniae semper eedentia retro 
 Quaerenda ; efHgiam Xantlii Trojamque videtis, 
 Quam vestrae fecere manus melioribus, opto, 
 Auspiciis, et quae fuerit minus obvia Graiis. 
 
 2. (a) To what does sua relate? "What eountr}^ was called 
 Ansouia? Explain the meaning of the expression, semper 
 eedentia retro. 
 
 (b) At what places had JEneas landed before his ar- 
 rival at Chaonia, and where had he attempted settlements? 
 
 3. (a) Divide the last two Hues into feet, marking the 
 quantity of each syllable.
 
 48 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 {h) What is the quantity of the final syllables in mare^ 
 mari, maria, illas, nubes, cornu, quu ; and of the penulti- 
 mate syllables in traho, fiam^ hihi ? 
 
 (c) When is is final long ? 
 
 [G may be substituted for either i or 5.] 
 
 4. Translate {Verg. Ed. III. 32-39) : — 
 
 De grege nou ausim quicquam deponere tecum ; 
 Est mihi namque domi pater, est iujusta noverca ; 
 Bisque die numerant ambo pecus, alter et haedos. 
 Verum, id quod multo tute ipse fatebere majus, 
 Insanire libet quoniam tibi, pocula ponara 
 Fagina, caelatum divini opus Alcimedontis. 
 Lenta quibus torno facile superaddita vitis 
 Diffuses hedera vestit palleute corymbos. 
 
 5. Translate (Verg. Gear. I. 493-497): — 
 
 Scilicet et terapus veniet, cum fiuibus illis 
 Agricola, incurvo terram molitus aratro, 
 Exesa inveuiet scabra robiginc pila, 
 Aut gravibus rastris galeas pulsal)it inanes, 
 Grandiaque effosis mirabitur ossa sepulchris. 
 
 6. Translate (Otvd, Met. III. 28-34): — 
 
 Silva vetus stabat nulla violata securi, 
 Et specus in medio, virgis ac vimine densus, 
 Efflciens humilem lapidum compagibus arcum, 
 Uberibus fecundus aquis, u1)i conditus antro 
 Martius anguis erat, cristis praesignis et auro : 
 Igne micant oculi, corpus tumet omne veneno, 
 Tresque vibrant linguae, triplici staut ordinc dentes.
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. '"^'^ ^^^^l^ki <4i). 
 
 1878. 
 
 1. Translate (Verg. JEn. 11. 437-444): — 
 
 Ilic A'cro ingentom puguam, ecu eetera nusquam 
 Bella foreut, uuUi tota morcrcutur iu urbe, 
 Sic Martera indomitum Danaosque ad tecta ruentes 
 Cernimus, obsessumque acta testudine limeu. 
 Haereut parietibiis scalae, postesque sub ipsos 
 Nituntur gradibus, clipeosque ad tela siuistris 
 Protect! objiciunt, prensaut fastigia dextris. 
 
 2. («) Wh}' is forent subjunctive? How was a testwlo 
 formed ? 
 
 {h) Distinguish between paries and moenia, tela and 
 arma. 
 
 (c) Who were called Danal? By what other names 
 does Virgil designate them ? 
 
 3. (tt) Divide lines 4 and 5 into feet, marking the quantity 
 of each syllable. 
 
 (b) In this passage, what final syllables having a short 
 vowel are made long by position? 
 
 (c) Mark the quantity of each syllable in lUei^ ab^ 
 pads, dabamus. 
 
 [G may be substituted for 4 or 5.] 
 
 4. Translate (Verg. Ed. I. 59-03): — 
 
 Ante leves ergo pascentur in aethere cervi, 
 
 Et freta destituent nudos in litore pisces, 
 
 Ante, pererratis amborum finibus, exsul 
 
 Aut Ararini Parthus bibet, aut Germania Tigrim, 
 
 Quam nostro illius labatur pectore voltus. 
 
 5. Locate the rivers mentioned in line 4. Distinguish 
 between levis and levis.
 
 50 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 6. Translntc (Verg. Geor. I. 129-135): — 
 
 Ille malum virus scvpontibus addulit atris, 
 Praodarique lupos jussit, pontumque moveri, 
 Mellaque deciissit foliis, ignomque i-cmovit, 
 Et passim rivis cnrrentia viua repressit, 
 Ut varias usus meditaudo extunderet artes 
 Paulatim, et sulcis frumenti quaororet herbam, 
 Ut silicis veuis abstrusum excuderet iguem. 
 
 7. Translate {Ovkl, Met. III. 55-62): — 
 
 Ut uemus intravit, letataque corpora A'idit, 
 
 Victoremque supra spatiosi corporis hostem 
 
 Tristia sanguiuea lambeutem vulnera lingua, 
 
 " Aut ultor vestrae, fidissima corpora, mortis, 
 
 Aut comes," inquit, " cro." Dixit, dextraque molarem 
 
 Sustulit, et magnum maguo conamine misit. 
 
 lUius impulsu cum turribus ardua celsis 
 
 Moeuia mota forent : serpens sine vuluere mansit. 
 
 1879. 
 
 [Omit any two passages.] 
 
 1. Translate {Verrj. ^n. I. 710-740) : — 
 
 Cithara crinitus lopas 
 Personat aurata, docuit quern maximus Atlas. 
 Hie canit errantem lunam solisque labores, 
 Unde hominum genus ot pecudes, unde imbcr et ignes, 
 Areturuin [(luviasque Tlyadas gerainos(|ue Trioncs, 
 Quid taiitum oceano properent se tinguere soles 
 Hiberni, vel (puie tardis mora noctibus obstet. 
 
 2. To what does geminos Triones refer? Explain the 
 meanins: of the last two verses.
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 61 
 
 3. Translate (Vcrr/. yEn. VI. 384-891) : — 
 
 Ergo iter inceptuin peragmit, lluvioque propinquant. 
 Navita quos jam iiide ut Stygia prospoxit al) imda 
 Per taciturn nemus ire pedenique advertere ripae, 
 Sic prior aggreditur dietis atque iiicrepat ultro : 
 " Quisquis es, ariuatus qui nostra ad flumina tendis, 
 " Fare age, quid veuias, jam istiuc et comprime 
 
 gressum. 
 " Umbrarum hie locus est, Somni Noctisque soporae : 
 " Corpora viva uefas Stygia vectare carina." 
 
 4. What is the object of prosjpexit? With what is jam 
 istinc to be joined? How does the Sibyl appease Charon? 
 
 5. Translate {Varg. ^-En. IX. 17G-183): — 
 
 Nisus erat portae custos, acerrimus armis, 
 Hyrtacides, comitem Aeneae quem miserat Ida 
 Yenatrix, jaculo celerem levibusque sagittis ; 
 Et juxta comes Euryalus, quo pulchrior alter 
 Non fuit Aeneadum, Trojaua neque induit arma, 
 Ora puer prima signans iutousa juventa. 
 His amor unus erat, pariterque in bella ruebaut ; 
 Turn quoque communi portam statione tenebant. 
 
 6. Describe briefly the adventure of Nisus aud Euryalus 
 which is related in this book. 
 
 7. Translate (Venf. Ed. V. 45-52) : — 
 
 Tale tuum carmen nobis, divine poeta. 
 Quale supor fessis in graraine, quale per aestum 
 Dulcis aquae saliente sitim restinguere rivo. 
 Nee calamis solum aequiparas, sed voce magistrum. 
 Fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo. 
 Nos tamen haec quocumque modo til)i nostra vicissim 
 Dicemus, Daphnimque tuum toUeuuis ad astra ; 
 Daphnin ad astra feremus : amavit nos (juoque 
 Daphnis.
 
 62 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 8. What other word in the seuteuec has the same cou- 
 structiou as sojwr? In what sense is alter used? 
 
 9. Translate {Verg. Geor. I. 259-267) : — 
 
 Frigidus agrieolani si quando eontinet iraljer, 
 Multa, forent quae mox caelo properanda sereno, 
 Maturare datur : durum procudit arator 
 Vomeris obtunsi dentem, cavat arbore lintres, 
 Aut pecori signum aut numeros irapressit acervis. 
 Exacuunt aUi vallos furcasque bicoruis, 
 Atque Amerina parant lentae retinacula viti. 
 Nunc facilis rubea texatur fiscina virga ; 
 Nunc ton'ete igni fruges, nunc frangite saxo. 
 
 10. To whom was this work dedicated? The general 
 subject of the first book. 
 
 11. Translate {Ovid, Met. W. 654-6G2) : — 
 
 At quoniam parvi tibi gratia nostra est, 
 Accipe munus, ait ; laevaque a parte Medusae 
 Ipse retroversus squalentia prodidit ora. 
 Quantus erat, mons factus Atlas : nam barba co- 
 
 maeque 
 In silvas abeunt, juga sunt umerique manusque ; 
 Quod caput ante fuit, sumnio est in monte cacumen ; 
 Ossa lapis fiunt. Tuni partes auctus in omnes 
 Crevit in immensum — sic di statuistis — et omne 
 Cum tot sideribus caelum requievit in illo. 
 
 Prosody. 
 
 1. Explain the terms, spondee, ictus, thesis. 
 
 2. Give the rules for the quantity of a final and es final, 
 with the most important exceptions. 
 
 3. Divide the following verse into feet, marking the place 
 of the ccBsura, and the quantity of each syllable : — 
 
 Unde hominum genus et pecudes, unde imher et igaes.
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 53 
 
 1880. 
 
 [Omit any two passages.] 
 
 1. Translate (Verg. JEn. II. 571-582): — 
 
 Ilia* sibi iiifestos eversa ob Pergama Teucros 
 Et poeuas Daiiauin et deseiti conjiigis iras 
 Praenietueus, Trojae ct patriae conimuuis Eriuj'S, 
 Abdiderat sese atcpie avis invisa sedebat. 
 Exarsere igues animo ; subit ira cadentera 
 Ulcisei patriam et sceleratas sumere poenas. 
 " Scilicet haec Spartam incolumis patriasque M^'cenas 
 " Adspiciet? partoque ibit regiua triurapho, 
 " Conjugiumque domumque patres natosque videbit, 
 " Iliadum turba et Phrjgiis comitata ministris? 
 " Occiderit ferro Priamus? Troja arserit igni? 
 " Dardauium toties sudarit sanguine litus? 
 * Heleu. 
 
 2. (a) To whom does conjmjis (line 2) refer? 
 
 (6) Explain the meaning of Trojae et patriae communis 
 Erinijs. 
 
 (c) In what two Avays may invisa (line 4) be translated ? 
 
 3. Translate {Verg. ^n. V. 852-861): — 
 
 Talia dicta dabat, clavumque afRxus et haerens 
 Nusquam amittebat, oculosque sub astra tenebat. 
 Ecce deus ramum Lethaeo rore madentem 
 Vique soporatum Stygia super utraque quassat 
 Tempora, cunctantique natantia lamina solvit. 
 Vix primos inopina quies laxaverat artus ; 
 Et superincumbens, cum puppis parte revulsa 
 Cumque gubernaclo, liquidas projecit in undas 
 Praecipitem ac socios ucquidquam saepe vocantem ; 
 Ipse volans tenues se sustulit ales ad auras. 
 
 4. Explain the epithets Lethaeo and Stygia.
 
 64 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 5. Translate {Verg. ^n. VII. 3G0-370) : — 
 
 Nee te misei'et gnataoque tuique? 
 Nee matris miseret, quam primo aquilone relinqiiet 
 Perficlus, alta petens abducta virgiue, praedo? 
 At non sic Phrygius penetrat Lacedaeinoiia pastor 
 Ledaeanique Heleuam Trojaiias vexit ad iiibes ? 
 Quid tua saiicta fides? quid cura autiqua tuorum 
 Et consanguineo toties data dextcra Turuo? 
 Si gener externa petitur de gente Latinis, 
 Idqne sedet, Faunique premunt te jussa parentis, 
 Omnem equidem sceptris terrain quae libera nostris 
 Dissidet, externam reor, et sic dicere divos. 
 
 6. (ft) AVho is meant l)y PJirt/tjixs ixistor? 
 
 {b) Explain the purport of the last two lines. 
 
 7. Translate {Verg. Ed. III. G4-71) : — 
 
 D. Malo me Galatea petit, lasciva puella, 
 
 Et fugit ad salices, et se cupit ante videri. 
 
 M. At mihi sese offert ultro mens ignis Amyntas, 
 
 Notior nt jam sit eanibus non Delia nostris. 
 
 D. Parta meae Veneri sunt munera : namque notavi 
 
 Ipse locum, aeriae quo congesserc palumbes. 
 
 31. Quod potui, puero silvestri ex arbore lecta 
 
 Aurea mala decem misi ; eras altera mittam. 
 
 8. Translate (Verg. Gear. II. r.97-407) : — 
 
 Est etiam ille labor curandis vitibus alter, 
 Cui numquam exhausti satis est : namque omne quo- 
 
 tannis 
 Tcrque quaterque solum scindendiim glacbaque versis 
 Aeternum frangenda bidentibus ; omne levandum 
 Fronde nemus. lledit agricolis labor actus in orbcm, 
 Atque in se sua per vestigia volvitur aimus. 
 Ac jam dim, seras posuit cum vinea frondes,
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 65 
 
 Friu'idus ot silvis Aquilo dccussit lionorem, 
 Jam turn accr curas veiiuMitem extciulit iu aunuin 
 Kusticus, et curvo Satiinii (U'lite rclietam 
 Persequitur viteiu attoiulens liiigitqiie putaiulo. 
 
 9. Translate (Ovid, Met. I. 351-3G2) : — 
 
 " O soror, o conjimx, o femina sola supcrstcs, 
 Quam commune mihi genus et patruelis origo, 
 Deinde torus junxit, nunc ipsa pericula jungunt : 
 Terrarum, quascumque vident occasus et ortus, 
 Nos duo turba suinus ; possedit cetera poutus. 
 Haec quoque adliuc vitac non est fiducia nostrae 
 Certa satis ; terrent etiam nunc nubila mentem. 
 Quid tibi, si sine me fatis erepta fuisses, 
 Nunc animi, niiseranda, foret? quo sola tiinorem 
 Ferre modo posses? quo consolante doleres? 
 Namque ego, crede mihi, si te quoque pontus liaberet, 
 Te sequerer, conjunx, et me quoque pontus haberet. 
 
 Prosody. 
 
 10. (a) Give the rules for the quantity of final S3'llables in 
 es and in o with the principal exceptions. 
 
 (6) Define caesura. AVhere is the cffisural pause usually 
 found ? 
 
 (c) Mark off tlie following lines into feet, indicating 
 the quantity of each syllable ; and show where the cassural 
 pause falls : — 
 
 Postquam altum tenuere rates, nee jam amplius uUae 
 Apparent terrae, caelum undique et undique i)ontus, 
 Tum milii caeruleus supra caput adstitit imber, 
 Noctem hiememque ferens, et inhorruit unda tenebris.
 
 56 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 1881. 
 
 1. Translate {Verg. ^n. IV. 500-565) : — 
 
 Nate dea, potes hoc sub casii diicere somnos, 
 Nee, quae te circum stent deinde pericula, cernis, 
 Demens, nee Zephyros audis spirare secundos ? 
 Ilia doles dirumque nefas in pectore versat, 
 Certa mori, varioque irai'um fluctuat aestu. 
 Non fugis hinc praeceps, dum praecipitare potestas? 
 
 2. (a) Give the construction of dea. Who are meant b^- 
 Nate, dea, and iUa? 
 
 (b) Divide the first three lines into feet, and give rules 
 for the quantities of any nine vowels in the first line. 
 
 [Omit any two of the following passages.] 
 
 3. Translate (Verg. Ed. III. 32-37): — 
 
 De grege non ausini quicquam deponere tecum : 
 Est niihi namque domi pater, est injusta noverca ; 
 Bisque die numerant ambo pecus, alter et haedos. 
 Verum, id quod multo tute ipse fatebere tnajus, 
 Insanire libet quoniam tibi, pocula ponam 
 Fagina, caelatuni divini opus Alcimedontis. 
 
 4. Why are these poems called "Eclogues"? Why 
 "Bucolics"? 
 
 5. Translate {Verg. Geor. II. 503-512): — 
 
 SoUicitant alii remis freta caeca, ruuntque 
 In ferrnm, penetrant aulas et limina regum ; 
 Hie petit exscidiis nrbeni miserosque Penatis, 
 Ut gemma bibat et Sarrano dorniiat ostro ; 
 Condit o[)es alius, defossoque incubat auro ; 
 Hie stupet attonitus Rostris ; hunc plausus hiantem 
 Per cuneos geminatus enim plebisque pati-umque 
 Con'ipuit ; gaudent perfusi sanguine fratrum,
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 57 
 
 P'xsilioqno donios et duleiu liniiiui imit.'int, 
 Atque alio pulriaiu quaenmt sub sole iticeutem. 
 
 6. Tell what you know of the Penates. Give the dcriva- 
 tiou and dili'ereut meanings of rostrum. 
 
 7. Translate ( Vercj. ^n. IX. 375-383) : — 
 
 Conclamat ab agmine Volscens : 
 State, viii ; quae caussa viae? quive estis in armis? 
 Quove tenetis iter? Nihil illi tendere contra, 
 Sed celerare fugam in silvas et fiderc nocti. 
 Obiiciunt equites sese ad divortia nota 
 Hinc atque liine, omnemque abituni custode coronant. 
 Silva fuit late dumis atque ilice nigra 
 Horritla, quani densi eonplerant undique sentes ; 
 Rara per oecultos lucebat semita calles. 
 
 8. Give in outline the episode of Nisus and Euryalus. 
 
 9. Translate {Ovid, Met. I. 324-335) : — 
 
 Juppiter ut liquidis stagnarc paludibus orbem, 
 Et superesse viruni de tot niodo milibus unum, 
 Et superesse videt de tot modo niili])us unam, 
 Innocuos ambos, cultores nmninis ambos, 
 Nubila disjecit, nimbisque aquilone remotis 
 Et caelo terras ostendit, et aethera terris. 
 Nee maris ira manet, positoque tricuspide telo 
 Mulcet aquas rector pelagi, supraque profundura 
 Exstantem atque umeros inuato murice tectum 
 Caeruleum Tritona vocat, conchaeque sonanti 
 Inspirare jubet, fluctusque et flumiua signo 
 Jam rcAocare dato. 
 
 10. Who is meant b}- rector jielagi? Give the nutli of 
 Deucalion.
 
 58 
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 1882. 
 
 1. Translate (Verg. Ed. VII. G-13): — 
 
 Hue mihi, dum teueras defendo a frigorc inyrtos, 
 Vir givgia ipse eaper deeraverat ; atque ego Daphnim 
 Aspicio. lUe u])i me coutra videt ; Ocius, inqiiit, 
 Hue ades, o Meliboee ! caper tibi salvus et haedi ; 
 Et, si quid cessare potes, requiesce sul) umbra. 
 Hue ipsi potum venieut per prata juvenci ; 
 Hie virides tenera praetexit haruiidine ripas 
 Mincius, eque sacra resouaut examina quercu. 
 
 2. Give the eonstructiou of quid (line ')), 2'>'^f'>^'»i' (line G). 
 Meaning of vir (line 2); why could not homo be used? 
 Derivation of examina (line 8). 
 
 3. Divide the first two lines of the preceding passage into 
 feet, marking the quantity of the syllables. Give rule for the 
 quantity of final vowel of mihi; of final S3'llable of gregis. 
 What names does this verse bear, and why are the^' given? 
 What figure of prosody in the second line ? 
 
 4. Translate {Verg. ^n. V. 854-861): — 
 
 Ecce dens ramura Lethaeo rore madentem 
 Vique soporatum Stygia super utraque quassat 
 Tempora, cunctantique natantia luniina solvit. 
 Vix prinios inopina quies laxaverat artnc, : 
 Et superincumbens cum puppis parte revolsa 
 Cnmque gubernaclo liquidas projecit in undas 
 Praecipitem ac socios nequiquam saei)e A'ocantem ; 
 Ipse volans teniies se sustulit ales ad auras. 
 
 '). Construction of cunctanti (line 3) ; to whom does it 
 refer? What sort of a verb is quassat (line 2) ?
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. 50 
 
 [Omit any two of the following passages.] 
 G. Translate (Verg. Geor. II. 532^53.s) : — 
 Hauc olim veteres vitam coluere Saliini 
 Hanc Remus et frater, sic fortis Etruria crcvit 
 Scilicet et rerum facta est pulcheniiiia Roma, 
 Septemque una sibi muro circumdedit arces. 
 Ante etiaui sceptrum Dictaei regis, et ante 
 Impia quani caesis gens est epulata juvencis. 
 Aureus hanc A'itam in terris Saturnus agebat. 
 
 7. Who is meant b}' Dictaei regis (line 5), and wh}' is he 
 so termed ? To whom were the Georgics addressed ? 
 
 8. Transhite ( Verg. JEn. IX. 47-53) : — 
 
 Turnus, ut ante vohms tardum praecesserat agmen, 
 Viginti lectis equitum comitatus et tu'bi 
 Improvisiis adest ; maculis quem Tliracius albis 
 Portat equus, cristaque tegit galea aurea rubra. 
 Ecquis erit, mecum, juvenes, qui primus in hostem? 
 En, ait. Et jaculum attorquens emittit in aui'as, 
 Principium pugnae, et campo sese ardnus infert. 
 
 9. Construction of qui (line 5). Wliat figure have we in 
 tli(* line? 
 
 10. Translate {Ovid, Met. IV. 735-743): — 
 
 Litora cum plausu clamor superasque doorum 
 Implevere domos : gaudent, geuerumque salutant, 
 Auxiliuraque domus servatoremque fatentur 
 Cassiope Cepheusque pater : resoluta catenis 
 Incedit virgo, pretium(|ue et causa laboris. 
 Ipse manus hausta victrices al)luit unda ; 
 Anguiferumcjue caput dura ne laedat luirena, 
 MoUit humum foliis, natasque sub aequore virgas 
 Sternit, et imponit Phorcynidos era Medusae. 
 
 11. Give a brief outline of the story here referred to.
 
 60 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 1883. 
 Prosody. 
 
 1. Describe the following verse b}- giving its full metrical 
 name : — 
 
 Qaippe etiam festis qaaedain exercere tliebus. 
 
 Divide it into feet, marking the quantity of each syllable 
 and the place of the cajsura. What figure of prosody does 
 this verse illustrate? Show wherein. Mark the quantit}- of 
 the final syllables in possis, audi, bonus, dummodo, bos, 
 illuc. 
 
 2. Translate {JEn. VI. 56-G5) : — 
 
 "Phoebe, graves Trojae semper miserate labores, 
 " Dardana qui Paridis direxti tela mauusque 
 *' Corpus in Aeacidae, magnas obeuntia terras 
 " Tot raaria intravi duce te, penitusque repostas 
 "Massylum gentes praetentaque Syrtibus arva ; 
 "Jam tandem Italiae fugientis prendimus oras: 
 " Hac Trojana tenus fuerit foituua secuta ! 
 " Vos quoque Pergam^'ae jam fas est parcere genti, 
 " Dique deaeque omnes, quibus obstitit Ilium et ingens 
 " Gloria Dardaniae. 
 Explain the reference in the second verse. AVliat were 
 the Syrtes? How had iEneas made this voyage "rfwce ^e"? 
 
 3. Translate {Ed. VI. G4-73) : — 
 
 Tum canit, errantem Perinessi ad flumina Galium 
 Aonas in monies ut duxerit una sororuni, 
 Utque viro Phoebi chorus adsurrexerit oranis ; 
 Ut Linus haec illi. divino caruiiiie pastor, 
 Floril)us atque apio crines ornatus amaro 
 Dixorit: "• IIos tibi dant calamos, en accipe, musae, 
 Ascraeo quos ante seni ; quil)us ille solebat
 
 VERGIL AND OVID. Gl 
 
 Cantando ilgidas deducere niontibus ornos, 
 His tibi Gryuei nenioris dieatur origo, 
 Ne quis sit luciis, quo se plus jaetet Apollo." 
 How is Aonas declined ? Who is meant by Ascraeo seni ? 
 The construction of crines. 
 
 [Omit auy two of the following passages.] 
 
 4. Translate {^n. VII. 523-530) : — 
 
 Direxere acies. Nou jam certamine agresti 
 Stlpitibus duris agitur sudibusve praeustis ; 
 Sed ferro ancipitl decernunt, atraque late 
 Horreseit strictis seges ensibus, aoraque fulgent 
 Sole lacessita et luccm sub nu])ila jactant : 
 Fluctus uti primo coepit quum albescere ponto, 
 PauUatim sese toUit mare et altius undas 
 Erigit, iiide imo consurgit ad aethera fundo. 
 What had Alecto done to bring on this conflict between 
 the Trojans and the Latins ? 
 
 5. Translate {Geor. II. G1-G8) : — 
 
 Scilicet omnibus est la])or impendendus, et omnes 
 Cogendae in sulcum ac multa mercede domaudae. 
 Sed truncis olcae melius, propagine vites 
 Respondent, solido Paphiae de robore myrtus ; 
 Plautis et durae coryli nascuntur et ingens 
 Fraxinus Herculeaeque arbos umbrosa coronae 
 Chaoniique patris glandes ; etiam ardua palma 
 Nascitur et casus abies visura marinos. 
 At whose request did Vergil write the Georgics? The 
 main subject of Book II. 
 
 6. Translate (Met. I. 244-252) : — 
 
 Dicta Jovis pars voce probant stiinulosque frementi 
 Adiciunt, alii partes assensibus implent.
 
 62 VERGIL AND OVID. 
 
 Est tameii liumani generis jacturu dolori 
 Omnibus, et, quae sit terrae moitalibus orbae 
 Forma lutuia, rogaut ; quis sit laturus in aras 
 Tuva? ferisne paret populandas tradere terras? 
 Talia quaerentes, sibi enim fore cetera curae, 
 Rex superum trepidare vetat, sul)olemque priori 
 Dissimilem populo promittit origine mira. 
 Explain the meaning of the first two verses. How, 
 according to this myth, was the earth repeopled?
 
 LATIN AT SIGHT. <>3 
 
 LATIN AT SIGHT. 
 
 1881. 
 
 M. Atiliiis Regiilus, cum consul ilonim in Africa, ex insidiis 
 en plus essct, cluce Xtuithippo Luccdiiemonio, iniperatore 
 auteni ptitre Ilannibalis Ilaniileare, juratus missus est tul 
 senatum, ut, nisi redditi essent Poenis captivi nol)iles quidam, 
 rediret ipse Kartliaginem. Is cum Romam venisset, utilitatis 
 speciem videbat, sed eam, ut res deelarat, falsam judicavit : 
 quae erat talis : manere in patria, esse dorai suae cum uxore, 
 cum libevis ; quam calamitatem accepisset in bello, com- 
 numem fortuuae bellicae judicantem, tenere cousularis digni- 
 tatis gradimi. Itaque quid fecit? In senatum venit, mandata 
 exposnit: senteutiani ne diceret, recusavit ; " quara diu jure 
 juraudo hostium teueretur, non esse se seuatorem." 
 
 1882. 
 
 Ilia praeclara, in quil)us pulilicae utilitatis species prae 
 lionestate contemnitur. Plena exemplorum est nostra res 
 publica, cum saepe, tum maxime bello Punico secundo : 
 quae, Cannensi calamitate accepta, majores animos liabuit, 
 quam unquam rebus secundis. Nulla timoris signidcatio, 
 nulla mentio pacis. Themistocles post victoriam ejus belli, 
 quod cum Persis fuit, dixit in contione, se habere consilium 
 rei publicae salutare, sed id sciri non opus esse. Postulavit, 
 ut aliquem populus daret, quicum communicaret. Datus est 
 Aristides. Iluic ille, classem Lacedaemoniorum, quae sub- 
 ducta esset ad Gytlieura, clam iucendi posse : quo facto 
 iVangi Lacedaemoniorum opes necesse esset. Quod Aristides 
 cum audisset, in contionem magna expectatione venit, dixit- 
 quc, perutile esse consilium, quod Themistocles afferret, sed 
 niinime honestum. Itaque Athenienses, quod honcstum non 
 esset, id ne utile quidem putaverunt : totamque eam rem, 
 quam ne audierant quidem, auctore Aristide repudiaverunt.
 
 64 LATIN AT SIGHT. 
 
 1883. 
 
 Haec interposui, patres conscripti, non tarn ut pro me 
 dieereni, quam ut quosdam nimis ieiuiio aniino et augusto 
 monerem, id quod semper ipse fecissem, uti excelleutiuui 
 civium virtutem iiuitatione diguaui, uou iuvidia putareut. 
 utinara quidera illi priucipes viverent, qui me post meum 
 coiisulatum, cum eis ipse cederem, priueipem non inviti 
 videbant ! hoc vero tempore in tanta inopia constantium et 
 fortium consularium quo me dolore adfici crcditis, cum alios 
 male sentire, alios nihil omnino curare videam, alios parum 
 constanter in suscepta causa permanere sententiamque suam 
 non semper utilitate rei publicae, sed turn spe turn timore 
 moderari? quod si quis de contentioue principatus laborat, 
 quae nulla esse debet, stultissime facit, si vitiis cum virtute 
 contendit ; ut enim cursu cursus, sic in viris fortibus virtus 
 virtute superatur. tu, si ego de re publica optime sentiam, 
 ut me vincas, ipse pessime senties? aut, si ad me bonorum 
 concursum fieri videbis, ad te improbos invitabis? nollem, 
 prinium rei publicae causa, deiude etiam dignitatis tuac. 
 sed si principatus agcrotur, quom numquam expctivi, quid 
 tandem mihi esset optatius? ego enim malis sententiis vluci 
 non possum, bonis forsitan possim et libenter.
 
 IIOMAN HISTORY. 67 
 
 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 1881. 
 
 1. Explain the origiu mid nature of the Tribuneship. 
 
 2. Gi^e the cause, duration, and results of the struggle 
 between Rome and Carthage. 
 
 3. Give the place and manner of death of each member of 
 the first Triumvirate. 
 
 4. Mention any three writers of the Augustan age. 
 
 1882. 
 
 1. Give an account of the capture of Rome by the Gauls. 
 
 2. Explain how Rome obtained and governed her first 
 province. 
 
 3. Sketch the life and character of Caius Gracchus. 
 
 4. By what steps did Augustus become emperor? Mention 
 peculiarities of his reign. 
 
 5. Who succeeded Augustus in the first century? 
 
 1883. 
 
 1. What evils did the Gracchi attempt to reform ? What 
 was the difference between the plans of T. Gracchus and C. 
 Gracchus ? Why did they fail ? 
 
 2. What were the limits of the Roman Empire at the 
 death of Augustus ?
 
 68 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 3. Where were Adium, Metaurus^ Zama, Pharsalia^ 
 Cynoscejihalae? "What happened tit those places, and when? 
 
 4. ExpUiiu Tribuiius, Provincia, Censor, Decemvh; 
 Dictator. 
 
 5. Name in order of time the foreign enemies that Rome 
 fought on Italian soil.
 
 GREEK GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 71 
 
 4. Translate into Greek : — 
 
 (a) ^ye shall Ixvsioge the city both by land and 133- sea. 
 
 (&) He did not do harm' to others, because he leared 
 that he might suller harm^ himself. 
 
 {<') Tlie hopliles will march against the king, if he encamp 
 in the plain. 
 
 (d) He said that Cyrns would have given him ten talents, 
 if he had arrived before the battle. 
 
 (e) He used-to-praise whomever he saw bravely attack- 
 ing^ the enem}'. 
 
 ' KaKuJr. ' eiriTidffj.at. 
 
 1880. 
 
 [All Greek words to be written with accents.] 
 
 1 . Decline 7roAi;s in all genders and numbers ; also vl6<; and 
 TTo'Ats throughout. 
 
 2. Give the first person singular indicative of the future 
 active and aorist passive of ^aiVw, <^tAeoj, d/covo), Trpda-o-o). *^ 
 
 3. Analyze \v6i](T€<t6ov. 
 
 4. Give the different constructions in which the accusa- 
 tive case is used in Greek. 
 
 5. Define crasis, enclitic, reduplication, mentioning exam- 
 ples of each. 
 
 6. Translate into Attic Greek : — 
 
 (a) He mounted his horse, and took his javelins in his hand. 
 
 (b) Through the middle of the city there flowed a river, 
 Kydnos by name, two plethra in width. 
 
 (c) If the general himself had occupied the right wing, 
 we should have conquered the enem}- (from) whom now we 
 are fleeing. 
 
 (d) He says it is well if we do-good-to all those whoever 
 do-harm-to us. 
 
 (e) If you have no chariot, why do 3-ou want a horse?
 
 72 GREEK GllAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 
 
 1881. 
 
 [All Greek words to be written with accents.] 
 
 1. Decline throughout tl^tj, BQypov, ycVos, the pronoun o-u, 
 and the numeral els. 
 
 2. Give the synopsis (i.e., first form in every mode) of 
 the first aorist active of o-reAAw, the second aorist middle of 
 
 TlOrjfXL. 
 
 3. Anal^'Ze XvOeCrja-av. 
 
 4. "What sort of pronouns are otos and oo-os? Give the 
 demonstrative and interrogative pronouns corresponding. 
 
 5. "What is Jiiatus, and what means are used in Greek to 
 avoid it? 
 
 6. Give some rules with examples of euphonic change in 
 consonants. What consonants ma}- end a Greek word? 
 
 7# Give a list of prepositions tl^at take one case only. 
 
 8. Explain, with Greek examples, the terms enclitic, cog- 
 nate accusative, objective genitive, supplementary participle. 
 
 9. With what parts of the verb is the particle av not used? 
 
 1. Cyrus, with his army, was besieging this city. And of 
 the citizens some wished to surrender^ it, but others spoke 
 against^ (it). Cyrus, therefore, said that when he had taken 
 the city, he should do well by'^ those who spoke against sur- 
 render, and exile* the others. 
 
 2. If the general had wished to go, the soldiers would 
 have followed (him). 
 
 3. Let us march as quickly as possible to tlie river tliat we 
 may embark upon the boats wliicli Cyrus has given us.
 
 GKEEK GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 73 
 
 1882. 
 
 [All Greek words to be written with accents.] 
 
 1. Dccliuc throughout /xnva-a, oSos, 7ra?s, ttoAi's, ami the pro- 
 noun ov. 
 
 2. Give the s^^nopsis {i.e., first form in ever}- mode) of 
 the future active of <^atVco, the first aorist passive of Xa/xf^dvai, 
 the perfect middle of Trpao-o-w. 
 
 3. Analyze XwTwvrai. 
 
 4. What sort of pronoun is os? what oo-rts? Give Greek 
 examples of demonstrative, reciprocal, reflexive, and pos- 
 sessive pronouns. 
 
 5. AVhat is crasis? Give an example. 
 
 6. What is meant by attraction in connection with relative 
 clauses ? 
 
 7. What are the four most common forms of conditional 
 sentences, with the differences of meaning? 
 
 8. In what two ways is prohibition expressed in Greek? 
 
 9. "He asked who were present." In what different 
 ways may "who were present" in this sentence be expressed 
 in Greek ? 
 
 10. Mention the chief uses of the infinitive mode. 
 
 1. And Orontes, a Persian gentleman, conspires against^ 
 Cyrus. He said to Cyrus that, if lie would give him a thou- 
 sand liorsemen, he would eitlier cut to i)ieces- or take alive 
 the hostile horsemen. And Cyrus directed him to take a 
 part (of the nmiiber) from eac^h of the generals. And he 
 writes a letter to the king that he was coming with^ as manj' 
 horsemen as possible. This letter he gives to a faithful per- 
 
 ' fiTifiovKivoi. '^ KaraKTfivcj}. ^ = having.
 
 74 GREEK GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 
 
 son, as he thought. And he having taken (it), gives (it) to 
 C3TUS. 
 
 2. I was the first to announce to him that Cyrus was 
 making an expedition against him. 
 
 3. Let us provide ourselves with arms, and go up on the 
 mountain. 
 
 4. If we had besieged that city, we should have taken it. 
 
 1883. 
 
 [All Greek words to be written with accents.] 
 
 1. Decline throughout opyrj, x^ip, Ter;^o?, Suvaynts ; also oo-rt?. 
 
 2. Analyze XvOuJixev. 
 
 3. What uses of the genitive are illustrated in the follow- 
 ing examples : iroXXol rdiv ^ A.6 qvaimv, — v6fjiL(TfJi.a dpyvpov, — 6 
 ^o/?OS TWV 7ro\€flL(l)V, — Tpiwv r]fX€pC)V 6S0S ? 
 
 4. Explain, with Greek examples, the terms jiroditic, 
 potential optative^ verbal adjective. 
 
 5. Give the comparative and superlative of /Ae'Aas, /Acya?, 
 
 TToAu?. 
 
 G. "Write the s^niopsis {i.e. first form of every mode) of 
 the perfect middle of Avw, the first aorist active of o-TeAAw, 
 the second aorist passive of <^atVo). 
 
 7. Where found and from what presents are ilXov, 
 rjX\a.)(6r]v, lyprjyopa. 
 
 8. State the difference in meaning between /at/ tqvto 
 TroLrj(Tri<; and p.ri tovto Troirjcr f.ia<i ; between ttTTTjv and €(rTr}(ra. 
 
 9. Name the classes into which verbs are divided accord- 
 ing to the form of the present stem, with an example under 
 each. 
 
 1. The citizens chose Kyros (to be) general out of many 
 (candidates), (one) of whom was the brother of Kyros.
 
 CREEK PROSE. 77 
 
 avToi<; Tov<; vvv oIkol aK\i]pov<; 7roXiT€VOVTa<; ipOdSe KOfii- 
 aa/j,€i>ou^ 7r\ou(Tiov<i opdv. aWa ycip, m avSpa, Trdvra 
 ravra TujaOd SijXov on tmv KparovvTwv iari. 
 
 Construction of i^ov^ of TrAovtrtous, of tCjv KpaTovvTU>v, 
 
 4. Trauslate {Xen. An. IV. 5, 12 f.) : — 
 
 €(f)€C7ropTO Be TMv irdXepiLOiv avveLXey/xevoi Tive<i koI ra 
 fiT) hvvdfieva tmv vtto^vjlcov rjpTra^ov koI a\X)]\oc<i ifid- 
 ')(^ovTO irepl avTcbv. ekeLTrovro he tu)v arpanoirMv oX re 
 hLe<^6apiMevoi viro ry^ '^lovo^ rov^ o(f)OaX/jiov<i ol re viro 
 Tov yfrv^ov<; tou9 8aKTvXov<i tmv irohoiv u7roaecn]7r6Te<;. 
 rjv Be TOt? fiev 6(f)0a\fioi<i eTnKovpijfia rf]^ ')(^i6vo^ ec Ti<i 
 fieXav Ti excov rrpo tmv o^daXpbOiv ewopevero, rcov Be 
 TToBoiv el TL'i Kivolro fcal p.r]Be7roTe r^av^iav G'^ot kol el ttjv 
 VUKTa vTToXvoiro. 
 
 Construction of tov<; o<^^aX/i,ous, of twv ttoSijjv (before ct n?) . 
 Explain the last four words of the passage. 
 
 5. Translate {Hdt. VII. 120) : — 
 
 €v6a Brj ^leya/cpeovTot; dvBpo<; ^A^BypiTeco eVo? ev elprj- 
 fievov eyevero, 09 cruve/3ov\euae ^A^BrjpLTrjat TravBrjfMel 
 auTov<i Koi yvvaiKa'i ekOuvra'; e<i to, (r(j)€Tepa ipd i^ecrOai, 
 iK€Ta<i T(av deoiv, irapaireoixevovi kol to Xoiirov a(f)t dirafiv- 
 veiv Tcbp eirtovTiov kukcov tcl rjfiicrea, twv t6 '7Tapot')(^op,evwv 
 ex^eiv a(f)t fjLeydXrjv '^dpiv, ore ^acriXeixi p,ep^i]<i ov Si? 
 eKd(TT7]<; r)pieprj^ evofitae crlrov a'lpeeaOai ' irape^eiv yap av 
 W/3Br]pLTT}ac, el KoX dpLaTov Trpoeiprjro 6/xoia tm BeLirvta 
 irapaa-Kevd^eiv, i) fii] vTrofieveiv Sep^ea eiriovTa, rj Kara- 
 fi€Lvajrra<i KdKicrra irdvTOiv dvdpcoTrcov Btarpi^tjvaL. 
 
 Mark the variations from the Attic dialect. Subject of 
 cxetv and of wapex^tv. Where was Abdera?
 
 78 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 1877. 
 
 [Any two of the following passages may be omitted.] 
 
 1. Translate {Xen. An. I. G, 9): — 
 
 Trpo? ravra KO^o? elnre TOL<i nrapovcnv • O [xev avqp 
 TOiavra fiev 7r€7roL7]K€, roLavra Se \ejei • vficov Se av irpoi- 
 To<i, Si KXeap)(^e, (nro^'qvai jpcofiijv 6 ri croi SoKel. K\e- 
 ap^o<i Be elrre rdSe • Sv/x^ouXevco iyco top dvSpa tovtov 
 €K7roSd)v TTOielcrOai co? T('f)(^L(7ra, co? fLTjKeri Serj tovtov 
 <j>v\dTT€(T6ai, dWd cr^oA,?) y y/xlv to kuto. tovtov eivat 
 Tov<i iOeXovTo.'; (f)L\ov<i tovtov; ev iroieiv. fieTU TavTa 
 KeXevovTO'i ¥^vpov eXajBov rf/? ^covrjf; tov X)povTr]v iirk 
 OavaTfp airavTe'i uvaaTo.vTe'i • elra Be i^Pj'yov avTov oU 
 TTpoaeTcji'^Ori. 
 
 Point out the indirect question. Why d7ro'<^T/mt, and not 
 airocfiyivaL or d7ro<jf)?/mi ? Construction of ^wvr;s and of the ante- 
 cedent of oh. 
 
 2. Translate {Xen. An. II. 0, G) : — 
 
 TavTa ovv (f)iX,07ro\€fiov fMoi BoKet dvBpo^; epya eivac, 
 ocTTt? e^ov fJL€v elprjvrjv €')(eLV dvev al(T')(yv7}^ koX ^\d^r]<i 
 aipecTac TroXefxelv, e^bv Be -^rjfiaTa e-^eiv uKivBvvoi'i aipel- 
 TUL iroXeixoiv /xetova TavTa Trocelv ' e'/cetyo? Be wanrep et? 
 iraiBLica rj el<i aXXrjv Ttva i)Bovrjv -i'ldeXe BaTravdv et9 
 iroXe/jiov. 
 
 Construction of e^oV. Of whom is this character given ? 
 
 3. Translate {Xen. An. III. 3, 1): — 
 
 TOVTwv Xe^$evT(ov dvecTTijaav, koX direXOovTeq kutg- 
 Kaov Ta<i ufMu^wi koX ras" <TKr]va<i, TOiv Be TrepiTTMv otov 
 fjbev BeoiTo TL<i fjueTeBlBoaav dXXrjXoL<i, to, Be dXXa et? to 
 TTVp eppLTTTOVV. TUVTU TTOii'jaavTe^ ijpiaTOTroiovvTO. apt-
 
 GREEK PROSE. "^^ 
 
 (rroTroiovfiepcov Se aurCov ep^erat ^liOpiBciTr]^ avv iTnrev- 
 CTLv ft)? rpiuKovTa Kal KaXeadfievo^ tov^ a-TpaTrjfyoiKi et? 
 i7n]Koov Xeyei a)8e • ... el ovv opcorjv vfid^ awrr'^ptov tl 
 /SovXeuo/jievovii, ekOoi^t av rfrpo<; v/jid<;, Kal roin; Oepdirov- 
 TWi Trdi'TWi e^cov. Xe^are ovv TTpo? /^e, rt ev vco e-^ere. 
 
 Coustructioii of twv Tre/jtrraii'. What other form is there of 
 oTov? What custom is implied by avia-T-qa-av, aud in what 
 tense is the A^erb ? 
 
 4. Translate {Xen. An. IV. G, 4) : — 
 
 fierd TovTo^ iiropevOrjaav eirrd crradfiov';, dvd irevre 
 irapaaa'^'^a'^ T/}? t)ixepa>i, irapa top ^daiv 7rora/j,oi>, evpo<i 
 irXeOpialov. l^eipL(ro(f)0<i S' iirel KarelBe rou^ TroXefiLovi 
 €7rt TT] vTrepjSoXfi iiravaaro 7rop€v6fi€vo(i, dirk^wv et9 
 TpidKOvra arahiov'^, 'iva fit] Kara Kepa<; dycov TTXrjcnda-r] 
 Tol<i TToXefiLoi'i • TraprjyyecXe Se Kal roiii dXXoc<; irapdyetv 
 rou({ Xu^ovi, OTTCo? eVi ^dXayyo<i yevoLTO to crrpdrevfia. 
 
 Construction of r^s ry/xepas. Value of the phtliron and 
 stadioa in our measures. Where was the <t>ao-is? Is Xeno- 
 phon right in naming it here? 
 
 5. Translate {Hdt. VI. 107) : — 
 
 Kac 01 Tavra hteirovTC iirrjXOe Trrapelv re Kal ^yj^ac 
 /xe^ovcii'i 7] ft)? idiOee, ola 8e Trpea/Svrepw iovrt tmv oSovtcov 
 01 7rXevve<; iaecovTO. tovtwv (bv eva tmv oSovtwv eK^dX- 
 Xet uTTo ^ir)(; /8/y^a? • iKireaovro'i Be e? ti]v 'xjrd/ji/jiov avrov, 
 iiroLeero TroXXrjv aTrouhrjv e^evpelv co? he ovk ecfiaivero 
 01 6Bu>v, dvacTTevd^a^ eivre 7rpo<i tol/? 7rapa(TTdTa<; • 'H 
 7.7 ySe OVK rjfiereprj earl, ovSe /xcv SwrjcrofieOa VTro^^^etpirjv 
 7roi)](TaaOat • OKoaov 8e tl fioi fiepo<i fiertjv, 6 oSoov 
 fiere^ei. 
 
 Point out the dialectic forms, giving the Attic equivalent 
 in each case. Of whom is this story told, and what led him 
 to make the remark ?
 
 80 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 1878. 
 
 [Any two of the passages may be omitted.] 
 
 1. Translate (Xen. An. I. 5, 8) : — 
 
 ev6a Br) ytiepo? tl ttj^ eura^la^ rjv dedaacrOai. plyjravre'i 
 yap TOV<i 7rop(f)vpov<i Kdv8v<i ottov erv^ev eKacrTo<; iarrjKco^;, 
 levTO axxTrep av hpufioi Ti<i irepl viKr}<i koX fidXa Kara 
 TTpavov'i jrjXocj^ov, e^ovre'? rovrov^ re rov^ iroXvreXel^; 
 ^iTcova9 Kol ra<i 7rot,KL\a<i dva^vpLBa<i, evioc 8e koI cTrpeir- 
 Tov<; Trepl roc<; Tpa')(^)]\oi>i kuI '\jre\ta irepl ral<i ')(epa-iv ' 
 eudu<; Be avv tovtol^ 6la7n]Bt]aavTe<i et? tov Trrfkov Oarrov 
 Tj CO? Ti'^ av oiero pbereotipov^ e^GKOfjLLaav rdf; dfxd^a<;. 
 
 Give the present of S/jd/Aot, and the comparison of Outtov. 
 Explain the enphonic changes in Outtw. Point out the pred- 
 icate adjective in this sentence. 
 
 2. Translate {Xen. An. II. 5, 16) : — 
 
 aXV ')]Bofxai fiev, 6) KXea^^e, ukovcov aov (f)poiH/j.ov<i 
 Xoyov^ ' ravra <ydp yiyvcoaKoyp et tl i/j^ol KaKov ^ov\evoi<i, 
 dfjia av [Jioi BoKel<; Kal aavrco KaKuvov^ elvai. 6i^ S' av 
 fjbd6r]<;, OTL ovB^ av vp.el^ BiKaLwq ovre /SacnXet out e'/iot 
 aTTLaTOLrjTe, avrdKovaov. el yap v/xd'i e/3ov\ofxeda diro- 
 \eaat, irorepd ctol BoKovfxev nnrecov Tr\rj6ov<^ diropelv ?) 
 irei^Mv rj oTrX/creco? ; 
 
 What use of the participle is seen in nKovMv? To what 
 does av (the one after u/au) belong? Construction of /not, of 
 
 KUKOVOVS, and of 7rA7y^Oi;S. 
 
 3. Translate (Xen. An. III. 2, 9) : — 
 
 TOVTO Be XeyovTO^ avrov TTTapwrai Tt<; • uKovaavre^; S' 
 ol crrpariMTai Trdvre^ /xia opfij} TrpocreKvvycrav tov deuv, 
 Kal 'B<evo(f)(t)v eiTre, AoKei fioi, co dvBpe^^, iirel irepl crwrtj-
 
 GREEK PROSE. 81 
 
 pia<; ijixCov XeyofTCOv, oi(ovo<; rod Ato? rov (TwrT]po<i €(f)dvr], 
 ev^aadat t&5 Oeca Tovrro Ovaeiv cro)T>jpia uttou av irpMTov 
 ei9 (f>iXiav ■^oopav acfiCKcofieda, avveTreu^acrOai 8e Koi roi<i 
 a\Xoi<i 6€oi<i Ovaeiv Kara hvvap.Lv. kol otm 8ok6i tuvt, 
 €<f>r), dvaTeivdroi ti'jv "^elpa. koX dvereivav dwavTe^. eK 
 TOVTOV ev^avro koi eirauivLaav. 
 
 Reason for the subjuuctive iu de^iKw/xe^a. Coiistructiou of 
 yip.wv. Coustructiou of the antecedent of oro). 
 
 4. Translate {Xen. J.?i. IV. 4, 15) : — 
 
 ivrevdev eirep-^^av vvkto*; Arip,oKpdTr]v Tep.evirrjv avSpaf 
 8ovTe<; eVl ra oprj, ev6a €^aaav ol inrocrKeSavvvpevot 
 Kadopdv ra irvpa • ovto<; jap iSoKCi Kal irporepov iroWd 
 r'jBrj dXrjOevaai roiavra, ra ovra re &)9 ovra Kal rd p.r} 
 ovra 0)9 ovK ovra. rropeuOel^ 8e rd p,ev rrvpd ovk ecf)i] 
 Ihetv, dvhpa he crvWa/Swv -))Kev dywv e-^ovra ro^ov ITep- 
 aiKOv Kal <f>ap€rpav Kal adyapiv, olavirep at Apa^ove'i 
 e')(^ovcnv. epa>ru>p,evo<i he ro Trohairo'i etrj, Tiepcrri<i p,ev €(f)T] 
 elvai, TTopevecrOac S' diro rov TipL^d^ov arparevp.aro<i, 
 OTTCO^; iiTLrijheia \d/3oi. 
 
 Coustructiou of wkto?. To what does to belong? Reason 
 for the optative iu itrj and in Xd/3oL. 
 
 5. Translate {Plato Apol. Sac, 39 A.) : — 
 
 Kal yap ev rai<i fid-x^aa TroWa/ctS' hriXov ylyverai on ro 
 ye diroOavelv dv ri<; iK(f)vyot Kal oirXa a<^e<9 Kal e<f> 
 iKerecav rparrop.evo'i roiv htcoKovrcov Kal dWai, piri-^avai 
 elaiv ev eKdaroi^ rol^ Kivhvvot^ ware hia(f)evyeLV Odvarov, 
 eav ri<i roXp,d irdv iroielv Kai Xeyeiv. uXXa p.7j oj rovr 
 f) -^aXeiTov, 6i dvhpe<;, Odvarov eKi^vyelv, dXXa ttoXv 
 yaXeTrdirepov irovijptav • Odrrov yap Oavdrov 6ei. Kal 
 vvv eyd) pbev, are /Spahv'i o)v Kal Trpea/Svrrj'i, viro rov
 
 82 GREEK PIIOSE. 
 
 ^paBvrepov edXcov, ol 8' e/xol KaTtjyopot, cire Secvol koI 
 6^€l<i ovret;, viro rov OdrTovo^;, t;^9 KUKiaf. 
 
 What shows the mode of ToX/xa? What is understood 
 before /jli'i? Construction of p^oAcTrwrcpov and of -n-mfjpLav. 
 Present of id\<x>v. 
 
 1879. 
 
 [Ally two of these passages, with their questions, may be omitted.] 
 
 1. Translate {Xen. An. I. 6, 8) : — 
 
 Tt ovv, €(j)Tj 6 KOpo?, dSiKr}del<i vir efiov vvv to rpirov 
 eTTi^ou'Xevciiv /mol <j)avepo<; 'yeyova<; ; etTrovTO^ he rov 'Opdy- 
 rov OTC ovSev dhiKri6e\<; i^pcorijcrev o Kvpo^ avrov, 'OfioXo- 
 fyei? ovv irepl ifie dSiK0<; jeyevrjcrdaL ; 'H yap civdyKT], e^rj 
 6 ^Op6vT7]<i. e'/c TOVTOV irdXcv ijpcoTrjcrev o KO/oo?, "Eri ovv 
 av yevoLo t&5 efXM dSeXtfiS TroXe/Liio?, i/jbol Se (f)L\o<; Koi 
 TTLcrTO'i ; 6 Se direKpLvaro on ouS' el yevoLp,r)v, S) Hvpe, croi 
 <y dv TTore en Bo^aifit. 
 
 What were the previous cases referred to in to rpiTov ? 
 
 2. Transhite (Xen. An. II. 3, 23) : — 
 
 iirel Be KOpo? TedvijKev, ovre ^aaiXei dvnTroiovfjieda tt}? 
 dp')(fjq ovr eanv orov eveKa ^ov\oip,e$^ dv njv ^a(TtXe(o<; 
 '^dipav «a«w9 TTOieiv, ovB^ avrov diroKrelvaL dv edeXotfJiev, 
 TTopevoiixeOa K dv oticahe, el rt? ?;^a9 jJiVj XvttoIi] • dStKovv- 
 ra fievTot Tretpaaofieda crvv tol<; 0eot<; dfivvacrdai, edv /xevTOt 
 n<; rjp-d^ koI ev ttolwv V7rdp')(r), koi tovtov et'<f ye hvvafiLV 
 ovj^ T^TTT^aofJieda ev 7roiovvTe<i. 
 
 3. Transhite {Xen. An. III. 4, 10, 12) : — 
 
 evrevOev eTropevdijaav aradfMov eva, irapaadyya^ e^, 
 'rrpo<; rel-^o'i eprj/juov fieya Trpo? iroXec Kecfievov ' ovop,a Be
 
 GREEK mOSE. 83 
 
 Tjv TT] TToXet jMecTTT/Xrt • WTjSot 8' avTi'jv TTore mkovv. rjv 
 Be r) fiev Kpi]7rl<; \idov ^earou koj^uXlcitov, to evpo^ irev- 
 r/jKopra ttoSmv koI to v-^o(; Trevr/jKovTa. raurrjv Se t>jv 
 TToXiv TToXiopKwv Wcpawv jSaaikev^ ouk ehvvaro ovre 
 '^6v(p eXecv ovre /3ia ' Zev<; S' €/jL/3povT)]Tovi ttolgI rovq 
 evoLKOvvTa<i kol ovtux; edXco. 
 
 "What was the length of the parasaug? What meaning 
 has xP°^^ 'i^^'G ^ O^ what ancient city were these the ruins ? 
 What historical error in MiySot? 
 
 4. Translate {Plat. Apol. 11, 13) : — 
 
 ivvor'](TOifM€v Se koI TpSe, co? ttoXXt} cXtti'? ecrriv ayaOov 
 avTo elvat. Bvotu yap Odrepov ian ro reOvdvaL ' i) yap 
 olov firjSep etvai, fiijS' a'iaOijcnv fMrjBe/nlav fitjBevo'i e'^€iv rov 
 redveoira, i) Kara tcl Xeyopbeva /xeTa^oXi) ri? rvyydvec ovaa 
 Ka\ fi€TOLKr}cn<; rf) ■^v)(^rj tov tottov rov ivOevBe ei? dXXov 
 TOTTOv. Ka\ elre /ii7]Befiia al'a6j]crL^ eanv, dXX! olov virvo^ 
 eTreiBdv rt^ KadevBtov firjB' ovap jJurfBev opd, Oavfjidaiov 
 KepBo<; av eirj a 6dvaT0<;. . . . el 8' av olov dTroBrjfirjaai 
 eanv o 6dvaT0<; ivdevBe el<i dXXov tottov Kal dXydf] icrri 
 TO, Xeyofxeva, to? dpa CKet elcrlv aTrayre? ol redvecbre'i, rt 
 fiel^ov dyadov tovtov eirj dv, 6i dvBpe'i BiKaaral; 
 
 How is the first conclusion, Oavixdmov . . . ^araTo?, proved? 
 How the second, tl . . . av? 
 
 5. Translate {TIcU. Yll. 188): — 
 
 al fMev B>] TTpoirai tmv veojv Mp/xeov TT/ao? yf), dXXac S' 
 iir CKeivrjai ev dyKvpecov • are yap tov alyiaXov e6vT0<i 
 ou /jbeydXov, TrpoKpoaaat oopfxeovTO e? ttovtov Kal iirl oktco 
 V6a<;. ravTrjv /mev rijv eixppovriv ovrco ' d/xa Be 6p$p(p, i^ 
 alOpcrji; re Kal vrjvepiir)'^ t>j<; OaXdcrar]^ ^ecrdarj'i, tVe'vrecre 
 <T(f>c -^ecpbdiv re p,eya^ Kal ttoXXo^ dvefjLos aTrijXiuiTt)^, rov
 
 84 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 Bt] '^Wtjctttovtltjv KoXeouai o'l irepl ravra ra "x^copLa olkt}- 
 fiei'oi. 6a oi jjbev vvv avrcov ali^ofievov c/xaOov rov avefjiov, 
 Koi Tolat ouro) ei^e op/J-ov, ol 8' e(})drjaav rov ^^ei/mMva 
 dvaa7rdcravTe<i Td<i vew;, koX avroi re irepiyaav kuI al veef 
 auTCov ' 6<Ta<i 8e t(vv vecSv fierapala^i eKaj3e, rd^ p^ev i^e- 
 (pepe 7rpo9 'Ittz^ol'? Kakeoixevov^ Toi)^ iv Tl'rjXia), rd^i oe e? 
 Tov alyiaXov. 
 
 Where did this event take phice ? 
 
 [Begin a new page of the writing paper.] 
 Grammar Questions on the Foregoing. 
 
 1. Construction of dStKTj^Eis (line 1). Complete the sen- 
 tence Tj yap avajKr}. To what Ycrb docs the negative in ouSe 
 belong ? 
 
 2. Construction of /Jao-tA-ci, of tjjs "PX'^^' '"^"^^ ^^ tovtov. 
 AVhat other form of 6tov exists? What is the construction 
 of the antecedent of 6tov? What two forms of condition are 
 illustrated in this passage? 
 
 3. Construction of rfj Tro'Aei, \iOov, tto^wv. Where is coAw 
 found, and from what present? 
 
 4. Explain the form OuTcpov, the attraction in hOlv^c (line 
 5) , the accent of ciVtV. 
 
 5. Make a list of the Ionic forms, with the corresponding 
 Attic in eacli case. Point out tlie two sui)plementary parti- 
 ciples. Where does the apodosis of the relative clause oo-ot 
 pkv ktX. begin ? 
 
 1880. 
 
 [Any two passages may be omillod.] 
 
 1. Translate {Xen. An. I. 4, 11) : — 
 
 Kol Hvpoi; pLeTcnrepb'^dpievo'i Tov<i aTpaT7)yov<i tmt EX,- 
 \7]va)v eXeyev on i) o8o<i eaotro 7rpo<i /3aacXea fieyav ei?
 
 GREEK PROSE. 85 
 
 Ba^vXfSva' koI KeXeuet aurovii XeyeLv ravra toI<; arpa- 
 TKoraL'; koI avaireLOetv eireaOai. ol 8e Troti'icravTe^ €kkXi]- 
 criav (i7r>iyyeWoi' ravra ' ol he arpariwraL e^aXerraivov 
 TOi? (Trpanjyoi'i, Kal ecpaaap avrov^ irdXai ravr elSura^; 
 Kpvrrreiv, Kal ovk. ecpaaav livai iav fi/j rt? aurol^ ■^pij/jiara 
 BcSq}, coarrep Kal rot's 7rporepoL<; fxera }s.upov upa/3daL irapa 
 TOP rrarepa rev Y^vpov, Kal ravra ovk eirl jjid-^rjv lovroiv 
 aXXa KaXovvro<; rov irarpo^; Js^vpov. 
 
 What would be tlie forms used in direct discourse for ccroiro 
 and leVat? What would be the usual indirect form for iav 
 . . . StSiJ ? Construction and subject of Iovtwv. 
 
 2. Translate {Xen. xin. II. 4, G) : — 
 
 7rorafjid<i S' el fxev rL<; Kal aXXo<; apa rjfiip icrri Ziaj3areo<; 
 ovk olha ' rov S' ovv Kixppdrrjv olSa/xep on dSvparop Sta- 
 ^rjpai KooXvoprcop rroXep^Loiv. ov /juev 8>], dp fid^ecrdai y€ 
 Ber], iTT'Trel'i elatp i)fM,p ^vfi/jia'^oL, rwp he iroXejJiiwp 'nnr€2<i 
 eiaiv 01 irXelarroL Kal irXelarov ci^ioc ' ware vLK(Spre<; p,ev 
 TLva dp drroKreipai^ep ; I'jrrwfiepcov he ovhepa olop re 
 crcodfpai. 
 
 Construction of rifjuv (line 1), of t6v 'E^xx^pdr-qv. What is 
 the condition of av dTroKretVat/iev ? Expand yjTTwfxivwv into 
 a conditional clause. 
 
 3. Translate (Xen. Aji. III. 4, 19) : — 
 
 €v6a St] ol "EX,A.77i/e9 eypcoaap ore irXaLcriop IcroTrXevpop 
 TTOprjpd rd^a eiTj TroXefiicov eiro/Mepcop. . . . errel he ravra 
 eyvwaap ol arparijyoi, irrocrjaavro e^ Xo-^ovi dpd eKarov 
 ap8pa<i, Kal Xo'^ayov'i iirear-qaap Kal dXXov<i TreprijKOprrj- 
 pa<i Kai dXXovi ep(o/xordp'y^a<i. ovroc he Tropevufxepot ol 
 Xo^o/yot, OTTore fxep crvyKvirroL rd Kepara, inrefiepop vare- 
 poL, Mare p-r] ivo-^Xeip roL<; Kepaai, rore he Traprjyop e^w6ep
 
 86 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 T(ov Kepdrwv. oirore Be hida-^^OLev al TrXevpal tov irXat- 
 aiov, TO /xeaov dve^eirifJ^TrXaaav, el fiev arevoTepov elrj to 
 Ste;^oy, KaTa Xot^ou*?, el he irXaTVTepov, KaTa 7reuT7]KoaTv<i, 
 el Se TTcivv ifKaTV, kwt evo3p,OTia<i. 
 
 What were the disadvantages of the irXauTiov bTowXevpoi'? 
 Describe the different formations indicated b}" Kara X6)(ovs, 
 Kara 7rei'TrjK0(TTv<;, /car cvio/Aortas. In wliat tense, and from 
 what present, is iirecTTrja-av? Peculiarity of form iu o-tcj/o- 
 Tepov. 
 
 4. Translate (Xcn. An. IV. 3, 10) : — 
 
 Kul dpLCTTcSvTi TM f^eV0<p(Ol'Ti 7rp0(TeTp€'^0V 8vo V€aVL- 
 
 aKco ■ rjheaav jdp 'irdvTe<; otl e^eirj auTw Koi dpicrTOjpTi 
 Kol BetTTvovvTt irpocreXOeZv koi, el KaOevBoi, eTreyei'pavTa 
 eLTrelv, ec tl<; to e-)(^0L tcSv 7rpd<i tov TroXefiov. . . . e'/c- 
 BvvT€<i 5' e^aaav e^oz/Te<? to, ey^^^eipcBia <yvfJivol &)? vev- 
 aop^evoi Bia^alveiv ' Tropevofievot Be irpoadev BLafSrjvai 
 irplv /Bpe^ac to, alBota. ev6v<i ovv o p::,€vo(f)o3v avTO^; re 
 ecrirevBe koi toc^ veavtaKoi^ ey^elv eKeXeve koI ev'^eaOat 
 Tol'i (^rjvacn 6eol^ Td re oveipaTa kol tov rropov, koi to, 
 XoLTrd dyada eiTLTeXeaai. 
 
 Rule for the optative iu e'fet^, for the accusative in iireyei- 
 paura, for tlic nominative in tV-SuVres. What was the dream 
 referred to? 
 
 5. Translate {Ildt. VI. 117) : — 
 
 crvvi'jveLKe Be auToOt dwvfxa yeveaOat ToiovBe ' ^ AOrfvatov 
 uvBpa ^FiTTi^rjXov tov Yiov^ayopew, ev tjj avaTdai /^ctx^' 
 fxevov re Kai dvopa yivo/xevov dyaOov, twij o^fxdTwv (TTeprj- 
 Oqvai, ovTe irXyyevTa ovBev tov adifxaTo^ ovTe /SXr/OevTa, 
 Kal TO XotTTOv ri/s' ^o-rj<; BiuTeXeetv diro tovtov tov -ypovov 
 euvTU TV(f)Xov. Xeyetv Be avTOv yKovaa irepl tov 7rd6eo<;
 
 GREEK PROSE. 87 
 
 TOiovSe Tiva \oyov, avSpa ol ZoKeeiv ottXittjv avricnrfvat 
 fxe'yav, rov to yevetov t))v aairlha irciaav aKtd^eiv ' ro 8} 
 (fidcrfia rovro eoivrbv fiev irape^eXOelv, rov hi ecourov 
 TrapacrTaTijv cnroKrelvaL. 
 
 Miike :i list of the Ionic forms in this passage, adding in 
 each case the Attic form with accents. Dilference of mean- 
 ing between vrA-^yeVra and (^XrjOevTa. 
 
 Describe the bridge over the Hellespont. Why were not 
 the Spartans present at the battle of Marathon ? 
 
 1881. 
 
 1. Translate {Xen. An. I. 4, 8) : — 
 
 KO^o? 8e avyKoXeaa^; rov; aTpaT7)yov<i eiirev ' (nroXe- 
 \oL7raaiv y/Mo,^ ^evia^ kol TlaaLcov. uW ev ye [xevrot 
 eTnaTuaOwcrav ore ovre cnroSeSpd/cacnv • olSa yap ottt] 
 o'l'^ovrai ' ovre dirorrecfievyaat.v • f^X^ J^P '^pi-VP^^'^ oyare 
 eXeiv ro eKeivwv irXolov. dXXa fia rovi $eov<; ov/c eYwye 
 aurov<; hicti^co, ovK ipel ovhei^, &)? e'^ct), ew^ fiev av irapj} 
 Tt9, ^pw/iat, €7rei8dp 8e dinevac /3ov\i]rai, crvWa/Scop koX 
 aorov<; /ca/cw? ttoim kol ra XPUH'^'^^ ciiroavXoi. a\Xa 
 luvrodv, elBore'i on, KUKLOvi elcrl irepl i]p,d^ ?') yfxei^ rrepl 
 
 iK€LVOV<;. 
 
 "What distinction does Xenophon hei^e make between a-n-o- 
 StSpao-Kw and uTrocfievyoj? Wh}' docs he use /id and not v/j 
 before tous ^cou?? Rule for the mode in Trapf). Where is 
 lovTOiv found, and from what verb? F'or what longer form 
 does KUKLov:; stand? At what point in the march did this 
 desertion take place? 
 
 2. Translate {Xen. An. II. 3, 10) : — 
 
 KUi evervyxcLvov rdcppoif; kuX av\oicnv v8aro<i ifK.y'jpeaiv, 
 d)? /xj) huvaaOaL Sia^aiveiv dvev yecftvpcou • dXV ciroLovjro
 
 00 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 Bia^dcrei's ck twv (fyonnKcov o'l yaav e/CTreTrTW/core?, tou^; 8e 
 Kol i^eKOTTTOv. Kol ivTavOa rjv KXeap^ov Kara/xadelv q)<; 
 eireararet, ev f^ev rfj apiarepa ^6tpi to Sopv e^y^cov, ev 8e 
 r^ Be^ia jBaKrrjpLav ' koI el ti<; avrw Sokoli] tmu Trpot 
 TOVTO Teray/xevcov ^XaKeveiv, €K\€y6fjievo<i rov iiTLTrjheLOv 
 eiraiaev av, koI afia avTO<i irpoaeXafi/Savev el^ top rrrfkov 
 ifi/Salvcov co(TT€ TraaLv ala-^vvrjv elvaL /u,)] oj avcnrov- 
 
 Why is there an article with 86pv but none with fSaKTrjpiav? 
 Explain the mode in Sokoit;, and the mode and tense in hraia-ev 
 av. What sort of pronoun is avrn^ as here used ? Tell what 
 is known of the life and death of Klearchos. 
 
 3. Translate {Xen. An. III. o, 7) : — 
 
 Kal ivravOa ttoWt] diropLa rjv. evdev p^ev yap opr] -qv 
 virepv'^TfK.a, evOev he 6 iroTap})^ to(tovto<; to /3d6o<; &)<? 
 p,r]Be rd Bopara V7repe)(^eiv 7reip(op,evoi,<; rov j3d6ov<;. diro- 
 povfievoi<; 8' avrol<i irpoaeXOdiv ti<; dvrjp 'PoSto? eiirev ' 
 eyoi 9e\oi, o) dvSpe^, Bia^L^daat vp,d<i Kara rerpaKio-'^i- 
 Xiov<; OTrA-tra?, du ep,ol mv Beop,ai vTrrjpeT^arjre koI rdXav- 
 Tov p^taOov TTopLariTe. ep(t)Td)pbevo<i Be otov Beotro, daKwv, 
 €(f)7], Bia^tXioiu B€)jcrop,ac • TroXXd B' opo) ravTa irpo^ara 
 fcal alya<i Kal (3ov<i Kal 6vov<i, d uTToBapevra Kal cfiuar]- 
 Oevra paBio)^ dv Trape^ot rrjv Bid/3aaiv. . . . on fiev ovv 
 ov KaraBuaeade avTLKa fidXa elaeaOe • ird^ ydp daKo<i Bvo 
 uvBpa'^ e^ei rov /x?) KaraBOvat • axrre Be firj oXtaOdveiv t) 
 iXr] Kal '/) 7.7 o"^i]aeL. 
 
 What was the ordinary length of the Greek spear? Con- 
 struction of TOW ySa^ou?, of pctrOuy, of oTov. For what longcr 
 form docs otov stand? Explain the mode in SeWo. How 
 may the gender of a be accounted for?
 
 GIJKEK PKOSE. 89 
 
 4. Translate {Xen. An. IV, G, 17) : — 
 
 iycD jMev tolvvv, k(f)r] o ^evo<f)03v, eTOifMo<i el/xi toi)? otti- 
 aOo(f)v\aKa<i ex^'^' tTretSai' henrvi'jacofiev, levai KaraXrj-ylru- 
 iu,6i'0<; TO opo';. e^o) hs koI ijye/jiova^ • oi yap yv/jLvP/re^ 
 Twv €(f>67rofji£V(oiJ i)fxh' kXcottcou ekafShv riva^ evehpevaav- 
 Te9 ■ Kol Tovrcov TrvuOdvo/j.ai, on ovk a/3aruv iart to 6po<;, 
 (iXXa vefieTai al^i kol jSovalv • wcrre, edvirep dira^ \dj3o)- 
 fiev Ti Tov opoui;, /3aTa Kal toI<; VTro^vyioa eaTat. i\7ri^<o 
 8e ov8e T0v<i TroXefxtovi p^evelv ctl, eireihdv iBwaiv ///ia*? ev 
 Tw ofiOLW eirl TOiv uKpcov ' ovSe yap vvu ideXovcrt KaTa/Sal- 
 vecv r'jfiiv et9 to I'aov. 
 
 Explain the mode in 8eLTryr](ro)fX€v. Present and perfect of 
 KttraAr/i/'o/xeros. Construction of tovtmv ; of rj/xcv. How did 
 Xenophon come to be in command? Who else was associ- 
 ated with him ? 
 
 [This may be substituted for 3 aud 4 above.] 
 
 5. Translate {Hdt. VI. lOi) : — 
 
 Ti']yov 8e cr(f)ea<i crTpaTrjyol Be/ca, tmv o 8€fcaTO<i rjf ^IiXti- 
 d8T]<i, TOV TOV iTUTepa Y^Ljicova tov 'S.Trjaayopeo) KUTeXa^e 
 (fiuyetv i^ ^ XOrjvecov TleicrlaTpaTov tov 'l7r7roKpdTeo<;. 
 ovTO<i Sr) o)v TOTe a MtXriaSr/s", i]KOiv €K t?}? ^epaovi'jaov 
 Kal €K7re(f)€vy(t)<i BlttXoov OdvaTOv, ia-TpaTrjyee ^ KOrjvaLwv ' 
 dfia fiev yap ol ^olvikc^ avTov oi i'm8td)^avTe<i H^^XP'' 
 "I/u./Spoy, irepl TToXXov iiroievvTO Xa/Setv re Kal dvayayecv 
 irapa ^acriXea ' dfia Be €K(pvy6vTa re TOVTOV<i Kal uttiko- 
 fisvov €<; Tt]v iavTou, BoKeovTa re elvat ev awTT^pir] rjBrj, to 
 evdevTev fiiv ol ex^pol vTroBe^d/xevoi Kal Inro BiKacTTijptov 
 avTOv dyay6vTe<i eBtco^av TvpavviBo^ t?}? iv \epaov>jaov. 
 dirocfivyoov Be Kal tovtou<;, aTpaT^jyo^i ovtco W.6r]vaL0)v 
 aTreBix^V' citped€l<; utto tov B/jfxov.
 
 90 GREEK PliOSE. 
 
 Make a list of the Tonic forms in this passage, adding in 
 each case the Attic form, witli accents, ^yhel•e was Imbros? 
 Coustniction of ewuroD ; of TupavylSo';. 
 
 1882. 
 
 1. Translate (Xen. An. I. 3, 20) : — 
 
 eSo^e ravra, koI dvSpa^ kXojxevoi ctvv KXedp'^^ro irefi- 
 iTovcnv, o'i rjpcoTcov K-vpov to, ho^avra rjj crrparLd. 6 S' 
 uTreKpLvaro, on ukovol A^poKOfiav, e')(^dpov avBpa, eirl r&J 
 KvcjipciTrj TTora/jiM elvai, airi'y^ovTa ScoScKa Gra6p,ov<; ' 
 7rpo<; TOVTOV ovv e(jiri ^ovXeaOat eXOelv • kuv fiev y eKel, 
 TTjv SiKTjv €(f)r] '^prj^eiv einOelvaL aurS, i)v Se (pevyrj, rjfj,€i<; 
 eKel 7rpo<; ravra ^ovXevcrofieda. aKovaavre<^ he ravra ol 
 aiperol aTrayyiWovai rol<i arpari(oral<i • roi<; 8e vrro'^La 
 jMev rjv, on ciyet, Trpo? ^acrCkea, 6fiQ)<; Be iSoKei eirecrOat. 
 
 Construction of to. So'favra. Rule for mode in aKovot. 
 Form of condition in fjv Se . . . f^ovXevcro/jieOa. Where did 
 Cyrus die? Date of his expedition. 
 
 2. Translate {Xen. An. II. 4, 15) : — 
 
 fiera 8e ro helirvov erv^ov ev TrepLirdrco ovreq irpo rwv 
 ottXcov Tlpo^evo'i Kal !=ievo(f)(i)v • Kal TrpoaeXdoov dv6pwTro<; 
 Ti? t)p(JirTiae rou<; 7rpo(f)vXaKa<i irov av iSoc Tipo^evov t) 
 K.Xeap-^op • eVel St- Tlp6^evo<; elirev on avro<i elfit ov 
 ^rjrel<i, elirev 6 dvdpwiro'i rciSe • "EiTrefMyjre /xe ^Apialo<i Kal 
 W.prdo^o<;, Trtcrrol 6vre<^ \\vp(p Kal vfilv evvoi, Kal KeXev- 
 ovaL (^vXdrreaOai, jxrj vfilv eiriOowrat rf]^ vvKro<i oi (3dp- 
 ^apoc ' ean Be arpdrevfia ttoXv ev rw irXrjaLoi) trapa- 
 Becafp. Kal eVt r)]v ye(f)vpav rov Ttyprjro^; 7rorap,ov 
 Trefiyfrai KeXevovcrc (j>vXaKt'jv, &)? Btavoelrai avrijv XvcraL 
 'Tiaaa^eppri's rPj<; vuKrwi, eav Bvvrjrai, cti<; p,i] Bia/3P]re dXX 
 ev pLe<j(p u7roX7]cf)0Pire rov TrorafMov Kal t/}v Bi(i>pvyyo<i.
 
 GREEK PROSE. 91 
 
 Construction of riji wKTtk ; of TrX-qa-un'. Which of the par- 
 ticiples ill this passage are circumstantial uiid which supple- 
 mentary? Sketch the life and character <jf I'roxenos. 
 
 3. Translate {Xen. An. III. 4, 34) : — 
 
 '))vLKa S' yjv rjhrj SeiXi], o)pa rjv dirta'at Toi<i TroXe/iiots" * 
 ouTTore lyap fielov a-TreaTparorrehevovTO ol jBdpjSapoL tov 
 ^WyjviKov e^i'jKovTa aTahicov, (fio^ou/xevoi /n)] t/}? vvkt6<; 
 oc' ILWrive'i iTndSivrai avTols. 7rovt]pov yap vvkt6<; ecm 
 aTpdrev/uLa llepcriKov ' oi re yap ittttoi ayrot? SeSevrat Kal 
 o)? eVl TO TToXu TreirohKTfievoi elcrX tov fir] cfyeuyecv eveKa el 
 XvOelrjcrav, idv re rif dopv^oq yiyvrjrat,, Set iirtad^ai tov 
 'iTTirov Uepcrij dv8pl Kal '^aXtpwcraL Sel Kal dcopaKicrOevTa 
 dva/3i]vai iirl tov ittttov. raOra Be irdvTa ■^oXeTrd vvk- 
 Tcop Kal Oopv^ov 6vT0<i. 
 
 Construction of tov 'YWX-qviKov ; of o-TaStwv. What other 
 case would be more usual than av^pC in such a connection? 
 What distance is indicated by kiriKovra a-raUutv ? 
 
 4. Translate (Xen. An. IV. 5, 7) — 
 
 ivrevOev Be rrjv eTriovcrav rj/xepav oXrjv eiropevovTo Bid 
 '^lovo'i Kai TToWoi rSiv dvOpcvirwv e/SovXi/jiLaaav. ^evo- 
 (f}6i)v B' OTTiaOocfiuXaKMv Kal KaTaXafi^dvoiv Toif<i ttltttov- 
 ra? TMv uv6p(u7ro)v i]yvu€L b, tl to irdOo^ e'lrj. iTTeiBrj Be 
 eiire ti<; auTco tcov ifMTreipcov on crac^w? ^ovXi/xioJai, k&v 
 Tl (jidywatv, uvaaTrjcrovTaL, Trepiioiv irepl rd viro^vyia, et 
 TTov Ti opo'irj /SpcoTov, BieBlBov Kal BieTrefiire BtB6vTa<; Tou-i 
 Bvvafj-evov<; TrapaTpe-^etv tol<; jSovXi/Micbaiv. 
 
 Construction of 'ifxcpav ; of tmv ifM-reLpajv. Rule for the 
 mode in ciiy ; in opw]. Derivation of t/SouAi/ttao-ai/, and com- 
 position of its primitive.
 
 92 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 [Either of the following may be substituted for either of the preceding 
 
 passages.] 
 
 5. Translate {Xen. An. V. 0, 11) : — 
 
 eVel Be ravra e\e^€i>, oi [xev viraiTrrevov cf)t,\ta<; eveKa 
 rrj<; }s.opv\a \eyeiv • Kal yap rjv 7rpo^evo<i auTw • o'l he koI 
 tt)9 Bcopa Xrj-y^ofjievov 8ia rrjv ^u/jl/SovXtjv tuvttjv ' ol Ze 
 virdiirrevov Kal rovrov eveKa Xeyeiv, &)? f^Tj tt^^j} lovT€<i 
 TTJv ZivcoTreav re '^capav KaKov epyd^otvTO. oi S' ovv 
 "l^\Xr)ve<i e-\lrr](f)LcravTO Kara OaXarrav rrjv Tvopelav irot- 
 elcrdai. fiera ravra 'B<evo<pMv elirev ' 'fl Z.iva>'Trel<i, ol fxev 
 avBpe<; fjprjvrai iropeiav rjv vfiei<; ^ufi/3ov\ev€re • ovrco Be 
 e^et • el fiev irXola eaeaOai /meWet iKava apcO/jio) co? eva 
 firj KaraXeirreadaL evOciBe, ?;/xet9 Be irXeoifiev av • el Be 
 fieXXoifJiev oi /xev KaraXelireadai ol Be irXevcreaOai, ovk av 
 ifjL^alijfiev el<; ra TrXoia. yiyvcocrKO/Jiev yap on, ottov fiev 
 av Kparoifxev, BwaL/xed' av Kal crco^ecrdaL Kal ra e7rir7]Beca 
 e'^eiv ' el Be irov ')]rrov<; rcov nroXe^iwv Xrjcfydycru/xeOa, 
 evBrjXov B-i] on ev avBpairoBcov %<»/oa ea-o/xeda. 
 
 Construction of Xrjij/oixevov ; of r^v Scv. ;(wpav ; of Twi/ TToXc- 
 fjLLiov. Present of ■^prjvraL ; of TrAevo-eo-^at. Who was the 
 speaker to whom eXc^ev refers ? "Where was Sinope ? How 
 and whither did the Greeks go from it? 
 
 6. Translate (Xen. Hell. II. 3, 5G) : — 
 
 ol S' aTrrjyayov rov avBpa Bia r^}? dyopd<;, fidXa /xeydXr) 
 rj] (jiwvfj BrfXovvra oia eTracr^e. Xeyerat Be ev plj/xa Kal 
 rovTO avrov • &>? elTrev 6 'S.drvpo'i on olfiu>^oiro el fMt) 
 cncoTTTjaeiev, ein'jpero • W.v Be ctkottm ovk dpa, ecfirj, olfMoo- 
 ^o/xai ; Kal eirei ye dirodvi'^aKeLv dvay Ka^o p,evo^ ro 
 Kcovecov eTTie, ro Xenro/nevov ecfiaaav drroKorra^icravra 
 elirelv avrov ' K.pLria rovr earo) ray KaXtp. Kat, rovro 
 fiev OVK dyvoo), on ravra drroc^deypara ovk d^icXoya •
 
 GREEK im;ose. 93 
 
 €Kelvo Se Kplvoi rov dvSpo^ dyaarop, to tov Oavdrov jrape- 
 (TTrfKOTO^ f^'/Te TO (ppovLfiov fH/T€ TO 7rai.yi'io)8e<; cnrokLTrelv 
 
 Construction of tov aiSpo?. Cluiugo the sentence or: . . . 
 o-to)7r>/(rti£!' into the form of oratio redd. Present of eVfypsro. 
 Tense of eiru. Who was this man, and wliat was Iiis history? 
 
 7. Transhite {Ildf. VII. 144) : — 
 
 eTeprj re ^efJuaTOKXei yvoiiJbri efiTrpoaOe TavT7]<; i<; Kacpov 
 rjpiaTevcre, OTe, KOrjvaiOicTL yevopbevwv yjprniaTwv jxeydXcov 
 iv T(p KOiv(p, Ta CK TMv fxeTaWcov a(f)i irpocrrjXde twv diro 
 Aavpeiov, efieWov Xd^eadai op-^r/Sov eKacrTOf; SeKa ^paX' 
 fid<;. TOTe (de/HLCTTOKXeT}'; dveyvcocre ^AdrjvaLovi;, t?}? Siat- 
 peaco<i TavTT)'; iravaa/xevovi, vea^ tovtcov tcou xRV/^^'-'^^^ 
 '7roii]<Taa6aL hiriKoaLa^ e? tov rruXe^ov, tov Trpcx; Alyivt'iTaf 
 Xeycov. ovto<; yap o TroA-e/xo? avaTa'^ eacoae tutg ttjv 
 'EXXaSa, di'ay.K'daa^i OaXacralov^; yeveaOai W0i]vaLovi;. 
 al he €<i TO jjbev iiroi/jdrjaav ovk ixp>'j(^Oriaav, eV hdov Se 
 ovTco Tj] EXXaSt eyevovTO. avTai re S/) al vee^; Totac 
 ^AOr]vaLoi(TC TTpoiroirjOelaai virrjpxpv, €Tepa<i re edee irpoa- 
 vauTTTjyeeaOai . 
 
 Make a, list of the Ionic forms, adding in eacli case the 
 Attic form, witli accents. Where was Laurion? How much 
 was ScKa Spa^^/i-ai? What dillicnlties are in the way of taking 
 this account literally ? 
 
 1883. 
 
 [Any two of the passages may be omitted.] 
 1. Translate (Xen. An. I. 7, 3) : — 
 
 KO/309 8e avyKaXea-a'i tol"? (TTpaTi]you<i tmv 'EXXt^i/O)!/ 
 (TVve^ovXeveTO re ttcos" av ttjv fid^Vt^ ttoioIto kuI avTO>i
 
 94 GREEK PKOSE. 
 
 Trapjjvet Oappvvwv TOidSe • 'O avSp€<; ^'EXXi/i/e?, ovk 
 dvdpcoTTCOi' aTToptov ^ap^dpcov avfi[Jid')(ov<i v/u,d^ dyco, dWa 
 vofii^cov dfxelvovi Koi Kpeirrov<i ttoWmv ^ap/3dp(ov ufxd'i 
 elvav, Slo, tovto TrpoaeXa^ov. oirco^ ovv ecreaOe aVSpe? 
 a^LOi T>}<> e\ev6epia<i t;? KeKTrjaOe Kol rj<; v/Jbd<i iyco ev8at- 
 fMovi^co. 6V <ydp tare on rrjv iXevdepiav eXocfMTjv dv dv6^ 
 oiv e^(o TrdvTOiv. 67r(0<i Be Koi elhrire et? olov epx^o'Os 
 dycova, upbd'^ ei'Sw? OLod^co. 
 
 Construction of ui'^/jwTrojr, a-vfxfjjixov;, wv. To what does 
 TOVTO refer? Meaning of the preposition in irpodika^ov. 
 Explain the difference between the two uses of ottws in the 
 passage. 
 
 2. Translate {Xen. An. II. 5, 32 f.) : — 
 
 ov TToXXco 8e varepov drro tov avrov <n]fieiov oi r' 
 evSov (TUpeXa/x^dvovTO koI ol e^o) KareKOTrrjaav. fiGra 
 8e ravTa tmv ^ap^dpwv Tive<i 'nrirewv Bid tov ireBlov 
 ekavvovre^ mtlvl ivTuy^dvoiev "ILXkrjin ?) SovX(p i) iXev- 
 Oeprp 'rrdvTa'^ eKreivov. ol 8e "KXXrjve^ ri]v re linraaLav 
 avTOiv eOav/xa^ov ifc rov arparoiriSov 6pSiVTe<; kol 6 tl 
 iiTOLOvv 7]p.(})eyi>oovv, irplv l>iLKap)^o<; 'A/^/ca? rJKe (fyevycov 
 TeTpcofjiivo'; el<i Tr)v yacnepa koi rd evrepa iv Tat<; ■^epcrlv 
 €)(^u)v Kol elire irdvra rd yeyevij/xeva. 
 
 Construction of ttoXXw, avTujv. Peculiarity of form in 
 yj/Kpeyvoovv. Use of the mode in €vrvyx«voi€v. What would 
 iiroLovv be in indirect discourse? What is referred to in 
 irdvTa TO. yeyei'rjfxaa? 
 
 3. Translate (Xen. An. Til. 2, 2 f.) : — 
 
 0) dvBp€<i arparicoTai, ^aXevra /Jiev rd Trapovra, ottotc 
 dvhpo)v arparrjycov tolovtwv arepofieOa, tt/jo? 8' eVt Kol 
 ol dfi(f)l ^Apialov ol irpocrdev avpniayoL ovre^ irpoBeBcaKaaiv
 
 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 "•*>. <Mi{jeie«, Cai 
 
 77/ia9 • o/x(o<; Se Sel e'/c tmv irapovrcov avhpaq dyadovf; reXe- 
 Oeiv Kol /xi) v(f)Leadai, dWa Treipdcrdai, 67rco<i y]v fxev 
 BvvcofieOa KoXoi'i vLKOivre<; aw^co/xeOa • el 8e /i//, dWd 
 Ka\co<i ye uTToButjaKco/xev, vTrox^ipioc 8e fxtjSeiroTe yevoo- 
 fieda ^oiVTe<i toU TroXe/XLOK;. olfiai yap dv ij/xd^ TOiavra 
 iradelv ola rou'i e^9pov<i o'l Oeol Troiijaecav. 
 
 Constructiou of diSpa?, tous ixOpov<;. What part of speech 
 is Trpos here? Point out the attributive and circumstantial 
 participles. With what does dv belong? 
 
 4. Translate {Xen. An. IV. 7, 15 f.) : — 
 
 ivrevdsv eiropevdTjaav Scd ^a\.v/3(ov. ovtol rjaav wv 
 hirj\9ov dXKi/jLMTaToi, koI et? ■^etpa<; fjeaav. ftyoi/ he 
 OcopaKWi Xivou'i P'S^i Tov TjTpov, dvrl he roiv Tnepvycov 
 (TTrdpra irvKva ecnpa^fxeva. cl^ov Be koX Kpr/fxlSwi koI 
 Kpdvr}, KoX irapd rrjv ^divqv fxa^aipiou oaov ^vi'jXrjv 
 AaKOiVLKi'jV, M ecrcfyaTTOv (bv Kparelv hvvaivro, kol diroTep,- 
 vovTe'i dv Ta^ Ke(j)a\d<; €^ovTe<i eTTopevovro, kol fjhov kol 
 i-)(opevov OTTore ol iroXep-LOL auTOu<; oyfreadat efieWov. 
 el-)(ov he kol hupv o)? irevreKaLheKa Tr/j^ecov, fxiav Xoy^rjv 
 e^ov. 
 
 Construction of ^vr]\r]v, 7rr/;(ewv. With what does dv 
 belong? In what respects did the Greek spear differ from 
 this one? How long, in time and distance, was the return 
 march from Kunaxa to the sea? 
 
 6. Translate (Xe7i. Hellen. II. 3) : — 
 
 a 8' av elirev, fo)9 iyco elfiL olo<; del irore p,eTa/3dX\ea0ai, 
 Karavorjaare Kai ravra. ttjv jxev yap tmv rerpaKocrlwv 
 iroXireiav kuI avTOf hr'jirov o hP]fio'i e^^rricjiiaaTO, hchaaKo- 
 fievo^ ci)9 OL AaKehaifjiovLOi irdcrr) TroXtrela fiaXXov dv rj 
 hrjfioKparla irLcnevaeiav. eirel he ye eKelvoL fjuev ovhev
 
 96 GREEK PROSE. 
 
 avieaav, ol Se aix<p\ ^AptaToreXriu koL ^leXdvdiov koi 
 ^Apicrrap'x^ov, arparrj'yovvTe'i, (pavepol e.'yiuovro eirl rut 
 'X^co/xarc epvfxa Tei^L^opre^;, e? o e^ovXovro TOV<i TroXefjuiovj 
 Be^dfiepot v(f auroi^ kuI Toi<i erepot^ rrjv ttoXlv Troujaacr- 
 6at, — el ravT ala-6o[xevo^ iyoi BLe/cwXvaa, tovt tan 
 TrpohuTrjv eivat tmv (f)iXo)v ; 
 
 Explain the reference in tS)v TerpaKocriW. When did the 
 event occur? Where was this ;)(w/xa? What form of con- 
 ditional sentence is seen in the last clause? AVhat nick- 
 name was given to tlie speaker, expressing the idea olos . . . 
 
 G. Translate (Xen. Mem. I. 1) : — 
 
 ^ovXevaa^ yap irore Kal top j3ovXevTLKov opKov ofioaa^, 
 ev M rjv Kara rou<i v6/jiov<i ^ovXevaeiv, e7riaruTT]<; ev tc3 
 hrjfxcp iy€v6fievo<i, einOvfiriaavro^ tov Sij/xov irapa Tov<i 
 v6/jiov<i evvea aTpaTi]you<i fjna -v^z/^ro tov<s up-cfil HpcicrvXXov 
 Kal ^Kpaaivihiiv aTroKreivai 7ruvra<i, ovk rjOeXrjcrep eTrfxfrT]- 
 (f)iaat., opyi^o/xevou fiev aura} tov 8i]fiou, ttoXXmii 8e Kal 
 hvvarwv direiXovvroiv aXXa irepl TrXe/oi^o? eTronjaaTO 
 evopKelv rj '^apicraadat rm B)]fi(p irapa to SiKaiov Kal 
 (f)vXd^aa9ai tou<; uTreiXouvTa^. 
 
 What sort of accusative is opKov? In what year and 
 after what battle did this event take i)lace ? What Avas the 
 illegality in tlie proposed vote? From what otiicers was 
 the ima-Tdrrjs selected and how often ?
 
 HOMER. 97 
 
 HOMER. 
 
 187G. 
 
 [All Greek words are to be written with accents.] 
 
 1. Translate {II. I. 254-258) : — 
 
 "*H iTOTTOi, rj yxeya 7revdo<i 'A^ati'iSa yatav iKuvei. 
 ^ Kev <yT]67]aat TlpLaiu,o<; JJpid/jioio re TratSe?, 
 dWoi re Tpwe? fjuija Kev Ke^apolaro Ovfiw, 
 el a^wlv TcL^e irdvra irvdoLaro /xapvafiawitv, 
 ot rrepl fiev /3ov\i)p Aavacov, irepl S' e'crre /Jid-^eadai.^ 
 
 Make a list of the forms iu these Ihies peculiar to Homer, 
 adcliug, iu each case, the correspoudiug Attic form. 
 Explain the form Kexapoiaro. 
 
 2. Translate (11. II. 142-146) : — 
 
 '^Q<i (pdro, TotcTi Se Oufiou ivl (TTrjOeacnv opivev 
 irdat fxerd ttXtjOup, octol ov /3ou\Pj<; eTTUKovaav. 
 KLvrjOrj 8' dyopt) (fyrj Ku/xara fiaKpa 6a\daaTf}<i, 
 TTovTov ^iKapioco, TO, /xev T llvpo^ re Noto? re 
 copop i'7Tat^a<i irarpo^ Aib<i gk vecpeXdcov. 
 
 Mark on your writing-paper the feet of the first two Hues, 
 adding the rule for the quantity of each S3'llable in the sec- 
 ond line. 
 
 What is the tense of ojpope? What is meant by ttuvtov 
 
 'iKapLOLO ? 
 
 3. Translate (11. III. 295-302) : — 
 
 olvov S' eK Kp7)rypo<; dcj>vcradfievoi heirdecfaiv 
 eK'x^eov, ?}S' ev'^ovTO 6eol<^ aleiyeperrjcnv • 
 (w8e 8e TL<i elireaKev 'A^aicoz/ re Tpuxov re •
 
 98 HOMER. 
 
 " Zev Kv8i(TT€ fiiyiare, koX addvaTOL decii aXkoi, 
 oirirorepoL irporepoL virep opKia rnj/ji/jveiav, 
 wSe <7^' i'yK€(f)aXo(; -^afid8i<; peoi &)<? 68e 6lvo<i, 
 avTwv /cat T€K€cov, oXo'^ol S' aWoicri SafMclev." 
 
 '^n? e(f)av, ovB' apa ttco a<f)Lv eTretcpaiaive Kpoin'cov. 
 
 Supply what is gone from a-cf). Give the Attic prose 
 forms for iK)(€ov, aietyeveTT^o-tv, m e<j)av. Explain the mode 
 of pe'oi. 
 
 1877. 
 
 [All Greek words are to be written with accents.] 
 
 1. Translate (//. I. 274-284) : — 
 
 " dWa irlBeaOe koX vfxfj,€<;, eVel irelOecrdai, aixeivov. 
 fjbrjre cru t6v8\ dyadu<; irep eoov, aTroatpeo Kovprjv, 
 aXV ea, w? ol Trpcora Socrav yepa<i vle^; 'A^atcov • 
 fiTjTe crv, UrjXeiSi], OeX" epi^efievat /3acn\i]i 
 dvri/BLTjv, iirel oinroO^ ofxoiTj'i efifxope Tiyu.7/9 
 crK'r}'7rTov-^o<i ^a(Ti\€v<;, (pre Tieui^ KvSo<i eSiOKev. 
 €i Be (TV KdpTep6<; icrcri, 6ed Be ere yeivaro fxijrrjp, 
 dW oye ^eprepwi eariv, errel irXeoveacnv dpdaaei. 
 ^ArpeiBr], av Be irave reov irevo^; ' avrap eywye 
 Xiacro/jL ^A-^iWyji jxeOep-ev ■y^okov, 09 fxeya Trdaiv 
 €pKO<i A'^aioiaip ireXerai 7ro\e/jiOLO kukoio." 
 
 Make a list of the Homeric forms in these lines, adding, in 
 each case, the corresponding Attic form. 
 
 Who is referred to by 6ed? What Latin form corresponds 
 in form with reov? 
 
 2. Translate {II. II. 339-343) : — 
 
 " vrj Br} a-vvOeaiat re koX opKia ^/jaerac i)fiiv ; 
 iv irvpX Bt) ^ovKai re yevoiaro /x/jBed t dvBpoiv,
 
 HOMER. 
 
 99 
 
 atrovZai r aKprjroi koI Serial, ^s" iireTnO^ev ' 
 avTW<i yap p eVeeccr' epLSaivofiev, ouSe ti /x.^t^o? 
 eupefJbevac hwdp-ecrOa, iroXvv '^poi'ov evOdB' eavre^;. 
 Where is cVeVi^ynei' made ? What is the clcrivution of (nrof- 
 Sai? the rojison for the geudor of Seftaf'? What oilier forms 
 ill Homer of iireea-aL? Wluit kiiigth of time denotetl by wokhv 
 
 3. Traushite (II. III. 154-159) : — 
 
 01 8' fo)9 ovv eiSovd^ 'EiXevrjv eVl TTvpyov lovaav, 
 rjKa 7rpo<i dWi'/\ov<i eirea nrrrepoevT dyopevov ' 
 
 " Ou vefjbecri'i Tpa)a<; Koi ivKvrjfiiSa<; ^A'^atoix; 
 ToifjS' aficfil yvvatKi ttoXuv -^povov dXyea Trda-^eiv ' 
 ttiVco? dOavdrrjcn 6efi<; ei? (oira eoiKev. 
 dXXd KoX ft)?, TOLTj irep iova , iv vrjval veeaOw. 
 Marlv on _your writing-paper the feet of the seeoud and 
 third lines, adding the rule for tlie quantit}' of eaeh syllable 
 of the third line. 
 
 1878. 
 
 [All Greek words to be written with the accent.] 
 
 1. Translate {II. I. 522-528) : — 
 
 " dXXa, (Tu p.ev vvv avTi<i diTb(nL')(e, p.r] rt voi]ar] 
 "Hp?; * ijJiol he Ke ravra fieXijcreTai, 6(f>pa reXecrao). 
 el S' aye tol K€(j>aXfj Karavevcrofiat,, oc^pa 7re7roi6r)<i ' 
 TovTO yap e^ ip^eOev ye p^er ddavdroiac p^eytcnov 
 reKp-cop ' ov yap ep.ov iraXivdyperov ouK dirarriXov 
 ouS' dreXevrriTov, o n Kev Ke(f>aXfj Karaveuao). 
 r), Kal KvaveycTiv eV 6(f)pvcrc vevae K.povi(ov. 
 
 Make a list of tlie Homeric forms in these lines, adding, in 
 each case, the corresponding Attic form. Point out tlie case 
 of tmesis. 
 
 Who is K/aovtW, and what other form of the name occurs?
 
 100 
 
 HOMER. 
 
 2. Tnuishito {II. IT. 31)4-401) : — 
 
 oi^ e(f>aT , Apyeloi 8e ixey iay(Ov, &)? ore Kvfia 
 LiKTfi e(f> v\lr}]\f], ore kivijctij Noto? eXOcov, 
 Trpo^XfJTi cTKOTreXfp ' rov 8' ov nrore KVfiara Xeiirei, 
 iravTolwv dvefxcov, or av evd^ t) evOa <yevoivrat. 
 avardvTe<i 8' opeovro KehaaOevre'^ Kara vijwi, 
 Kairuiaadv re Kara KXtcrLat;, koI SeiTTPOU eXovro. 
 dXXo^ S' dXX(p epe^e Oewv aleiyeveTacov, 
 €V^ofievo<; OdvaTov re ^vyelv Kol ficoXov ' Apr]o<;. 
 
 Mark on your writing-paper the feet of the first two lines, 
 adding the rule for the quantity of each syllable of the sec- 
 ond line. Give, as above, the Homeric forms in the fifth 
 line. 
 
 3. Translate {11. III. 324-329, 339) : — 
 
 o)? cip^ €(f)av, TrdXXev he fxeya^i Kopv6aLoXo<i "KKT(op 
 dyjr opocov ' Tldpio<i 8e 6oo)<i €K KXi]po<; opovaev. 
 oi [lev eireiO^ i^ovro Kara, artj^^wi rj^t eKdarov 
 XiTiroi depa-liroZe^; koI ironciXa rev-^e eKeiro ' 
 avrdp 6 y' d/icf)' Mfiotaiv eBvcreTO rev^ea KoXd 
 Sto? ^A\e^avBpo<;, 'EXeVr]<i iroaa rjVKOfioLO. 
 0)9 K auT(o<i Mei^eXao? dpr]io<; evTe eSuvev. 
 
 What was determined by the process described in the first 
 two lines? AVhy are the words anf/ opouiv added? What was 
 the issue of the combat that followed ? 
 
 1879. 
 
 Translate (//. I. 193-200) : — 
 
 e&)? o rauO^ cop/xaive Kara (f)peva Kol Kara Ov/jlov, 
 eXKero S' eK KoXeolo fjueya ^i'<^o<?, ifxOe S" ^ XOrjvr) 
 ovpavodev irpo yap r/Ke Oed XevKcoXevo<i"llpr),
 
 HOMER. 
 
 101 
 
 a/jb<j)0) 6fifo<i OvfjbM (^iXeovad re KrjBofievr/ re. 
 arPj B" oTTiOei', ^ap0T)<t Be ato/xt/? eXe UrjXeiMva, 
 oio) (f)aivo/xeui] • Twi' 8' aWfov oh tl^ cpdro. 
 6d/ji^r}(T€v S' W'^LXeu<i, fxerd S' erpuTrer, avrcKa B^ 
 
 e'yvoi 
 YiaWdB^ W.0T]vaL7]v ' Beu^co Be ol oacre <^dai>6ev. 
 
 Point out and explain the instance of §£ in the apodosis. 
 Wlio are meant b}' u/ac^oj (line 4) ? Give the Attic forms for 
 bparo (line 6) and cfidavOev (line 8). What is the construc- 
 tion of k6/j.ij<; (line 5) ? 
 
 2. Translate (11. II. 211-219) : — 
 
 aXXot fiev p k^ovro, eprjrvOev Be Kad^ eBpa<i ' 
 ^ep(TLTr]<i 8' ert fiovpo^ dfM6Tpoe7rr]<i eKoXwa, 
 09 p €7rea (f}pecrlv ycriv dtcoapbd re iroXXd re rjBrj, 
 fidylr, ardp ov Kara Koafiov, epo^ifievai ^aaCXevcrcv, 
 a\X' Tt ol el'aaiTo <yeXoLLOv Apyeioiaiv 
 €/j,fievat. ai(7)(^iaT0<i Be uvi]p inro '\Xiov rjXOev. 
 (f)oXKb^ ei]v, ^(oXo^ B' erepov iroBa ' ro) Be ol wyLtto 
 Kvprdi, eVl (TTi]doi; (rvvoywKOTe ' avrap vTrepOev 
 (f>o^o<; erjv Ke(^aXr]v, y^reBvy) S' eirevrjVoOe Xd'^vr}. 
 
 Mark on the writing-paper the quantities of the syllables 
 in lines 5-7, giving the reason for the variation in oL 
 
 Explain the form o-woxwKore (line 8). Why the accusa- 
 tive and not the dative after vir6 (line 6) ? 
 
 3. Translate (IL III. 182-190) : — 
 
 " 60 fidfcap ^ArpecBr), puoip'q'yeve';, oX^ioBacfiov, 
 Tj pd vv Tot, TToXXol BeBiiy]aro Kovpot ^A'^acrov. 
 i]Br) Kol ^pvyirjv ela/jXvOov dfiveXoecrcrav, 
 ev6a 'lBov 7rX€iaTou<i ^l^pvya^! di>epa<i aloXo7r(oXov>;, 
 Xaov*i 'Orpfjo^ koI ^Iv'yBovo^ dvTideoco '
 
 102 
 
 HOMER. 
 
 Kal yap iycbv €7rLKovpo<i euiv jxera Toicrcv iXe^Orjv 
 rjfi.aTL Tw ore r rfkOov 'A/xafoye«? avrtdueipai ' 
 aXX' ouS' 01 Tocroi ijaav oaoi e\iKW7re<; W'^aioi." 
 
 Make a list of the dialectic peculiarities, adding, in each 
 case, the corresponding Attic prose form. To whom does 
 oi (line 8) refer? 
 
 1880. 
 
 1. Translate {11. I. 172-181) : — 
 
 TOP 3' rjfiei/SeT eireira ava^ avBpcSv ^ Aya/xifivoiv ' 
 " <f)€vye /JLaX\ et rot 6u/jL0<i eTriaavTai ' ovSe a eycoye 
 \i<T(ro/jiai e'lveK ifielo pbiveiv ' irdp' efioiye Kal aXXoi 
 Oi Ke fX6 rifiijcrovai, [xciKLara Se fjLTjriera Zeu?. 
 e'^Oiaro'i he fiot ecrat hiOTpe<^eoiv ^acnXi](ov ' 
 aiel yap rot epL<i re c{)L\r] iro\ep,oi re fMci^ai re. 
 el fiaXa Kaprepo^ eacn, Oeo'^ irov col to y eSwKev. 
 oiKaS' Icov avv vrjvai re cr^9 Kal aoU erdpoiaLv 
 M.vp/j,iB6vecrcriv dvacrae. aeOev S' eyoo ouk uXeyi^o), 
 ou8' 6do/j,ai, KOTeovTo<i." 
 
 Make a list of the Homeric forms in this passage, giving, 
 in each ease, the corresponding Attic word, with accents. 
 
 Compare €;)(^io-tos, /caprtpos. AVhere is eTreo-crurat found, and 
 from what present is it? 
 
 2. Translate {II. II. 265-274) : — 
 
 ft)? ap' €(j)r), crK))7rTpfp 8e fierdcfipevov tjBe Kal (afi(t> 
 nfXrj^ev ' 6 8' IhydiOrj, OaXepov Se oi eKcfiuye hdKpv, 
 a-fjLco8i^ S' aifiaroeacra fxera^pevov e^vwaveaTrj 
 crKijiTTpov vTTO '^vcTeou. 6 8' dp' e^ero rdp/Sijaev re, 
 d\yi']cra<i h\ d-^elov IScov uTTopLop^aTO SdKpv. 
 oi Be Kal d'^vvfiepoi irep eir aiirS r)Bu yeXaaaav.
 
 HOMER. 103 
 
 «5Se Be T/9 e'lTrea-Kev lSmv e's" TrXTjcrLov uWov ' 
 " o) iroTTOi, ?) 8»; fivpT ^08v(Tcrev<i caOXa copjep, 
 ^ov\d<i T e^dp-^wv d'yada<i TToXep^ov re Kopucrcroiv ' 
 vvv he ruhe fiey' apicnov ev ^Apjet'occrij' tpe^ep." 
 
 AVrite out on your paper llie roiutli liiu", dividing" it into 
 feet aud explaininu" an}' peculiarities of metre. Point out 
 the metrical peculiarity in the last Hue. Wh}' does not St, 
 in the second line, sutler elisiou? 
 
 3. Translate (//. III. 34G-354) : — 
 
 irpoade S' ^ AXe^avhpo'^ Trpotet, hoXi'^oaKiov ey^o^;, 
 KOI jBdXev Wrpethao kut dairiha TrdvTOcf eiarjv ' 
 ouS' epp7]^ev '^oXko^, uveypd/jLtfidr] Be o'l al'^fjn] 
 uaTTiB' evl KpaTepfj. o Be BevTepo<i Mpwro '^oXkm 
 ^ATpeiBi]^ MeyeXao?, enTev^dfjievo'i Atl Trarpt • 
 " Zev dva, 809 rcaaaOai, 6 p,e irporepo^ kuk eopjev, 
 Blov ^AXe^avBpov, koI i/jijj'i vtto X^P^'' Bdfxaacrop, 
 6cf)pa Ti? ipptyrjai Kol oi^iyovcov dvOpoiiroiv 
 ^eivoBoKop Ka/cd pe^ai, 6 Kev (piXoTrjTa Trapda-xj)-" 
 
 How was the order in which they should attack one an- 
 other determined? What was the issue of the duel? 
 
 Where is ipptyyjat found, and from what present is it? 
 Explain the construction in the first three words of the last 
 line. 
 
 1881. 
 
 1. Translate (//. I. 292-303) : — 
 
 TOP B' dp' u7roj3XrjBT]p i)peLJ3eT0 Blof 'A^j^tXXeu? • 
 " ?7 ydp Kev BeiX6<; re kol ovTcBavo<; KoXeoiprjv, 
 el Br) aol irdv epyov vTrei^opat, ottl Kev eiTrrj'i ' 
 dXXoiatv Br) ravT einreXXeo, prj ydp epoiye 
 Gr)p,aiv ' ov ydp eyoiy' en aol TreiaecrOai 6l(0.
 
 104 HOMER. 
 
 dWo Be TOL epew, era S' evl (fypeal /3dX\,€0 crfjaiv 
 ■^epcrl jJLev ovrot eyayye /xay^ijao/jLat eiveKa Kovpr]<; 
 ovre crol ovt€ T(p dXXq), iireL fi a<^e\ea6e 76 hovre^' 
 TOiv 8' aXXwp a /loi eart Oof/ irapa vrjl /xeKaivj), 
 TMv ouK civ Ti (f)epoi'i aveXoiv aeKovro^ efxelo. 
 el 8' aye fx>]p 7reipi]aac, iva yvoowcn Koi o'lZe' 
 alyjrd rot alfia KcXatvov epcoijcrec irepl Soupt." 
 
 Make a list of the Homeric forms in this passage, giving 
 in each case the corresponding Attic word, with accents. 
 Where is -Tretprja-ai. found, and what in the form itself shows 
 
 it? Give the present of un-fi'^o/xat, Treta-etr^at, ciffyeXecrOe. 
 
 2. Translate (//. II. 188-197) : — 
 
 ovTLva [lev jSaatKrja koi e^o^ov dvhpa Ki-^eir], 
 Tov S' dyavot^; eireecrcTLv epi^TVcraaKe irapaard^ • 
 " Baifiovi', ou ere eotKe kukov eo? heihLaaecrdat, 
 aW' auTO^ T€ Kd07](TO /cal dWovi 'iSpve \aov<;. 
 ov ydp TTCt) ad(pa olad oloi; iwo<; ^ATpeio)vo<i • 
 vvv fiev TretpuTai, rd^a B' I'-yjreTat via<i 'A^atcoz/. 
 iv ^ovKrj S' ov irdvre^ dKovaap,ev oXov eeiirev. 
 pt.0] TV '^oXcocrdfjievof; pe^y kukov vlaf ^ Aj^acoiv. 
 6v/jio<i Be fieya<i earl Bcorpe(f)eo<i ^aaiX.rjo'i • 
 TL/ii't] S' eK A/,09 ecTTi, (f)i\et Be e /xrjrlera Zew?." 
 
 Write out a metrical scheme of the sixth line, accounting 
 for the quantity of each syllable. Point out the metrical 
 peculiarity in the ninth line. 
 
 Give the Attic form for l-n-Uacriv. Explain the accent on <Ls. 
 
 3. Translate {11. III. 146-153) : — 
 
 01 8' dfxcfil Ylpia/xov KoX TldvOoov "i/Be ^)v/xoiTr]v 
 
 AdfjLTTOV T€ KXvtIoV 6^ "iKeTUOvd T, 6^0l> " AptjO'i, 
 
 OvKoXeyoiv re kol WvTi'jvoip, ireTTWixevco dp.<j}(i),
 
 HOMEU. 105 
 
 eiaro Bi]/u.oy€popT6<; cttI ^KUif/cn TrvXrjaiv, 
 y>jpal B>} TToXefioto ireiravp^evot, aX)C dyoprjTal 
 iaOXoi, T€TTLyecraiv €oik6t€<;, oire kuO' v\7)v 
 SevSpew i<f>€^o/jL€vot oira Xeiptoeaaav ielcnv ' 
 ToloL apa Tpoicov yy/jrope^ yvr iirl irvpyw. 
 
 Point out the irregularity^ of S3'ntax in the third line. Give 
 the Attic form for TeTrtyeo-o-ti'. What is the first foot of the 
 seventh line? What two forms of the same word in this 
 passage ? 
 
 1882. 
 
 1. Translate {II. I. 362-5, 393-9) : — 
 
 " reKvov, Ti K\aieL<i ; ri he ere (f)peva<i 'iKero 7revdo<; ; 
 
 e^avSa, fir] KevOe vow, iva eiSo/xev dficpco.^ 
 
 rrjv he jSapvarevd'^oov 7rpocre(f>rj TroSa? o)Ku<i 'A^iX- 
 
 Xeu? ■ 
 " olada ' rlrj rot ravra Ihvlr] irdvT dyopevco ; 
 
 dWd (TV, el hvvacraL ye, Trepicr'^eo 'jraiho'i e?}o9 • 
 eX.6ov(T OvXufiTTOvhe Ala Xlaai, ecTrore h/j tl 
 i) eirei Mvr]aa<; Kpahlrjv Ato? ye /cal epyco. 
 TToWuKL yap aeo 7raTpo<; evl fieydpoLaiv aKovcra 
 ev'^Ofievrj^;, ot e^rjaOa KeXatve^ei Upoviwvc 
 otrj ev dOavdroLaLv decKea Xotyov dfivvai, 
 OTTTrore fitv ^vvhi]crai ^OXv/jbTnoi rjOeXov aXXoi. 
 Give a metrical scheme of lines 7 and 8, with the rules for 
 quantity in any notable cases. Point out what words in H 
 would have a different form but for the metre. 
 
 Give the construction of e^peVas (line 1), ravra (line 4), 
 creo (line 8), Kpovt'wi/t (line 9). 
 
 AVhere found and from what present are dSofjiev (line 2), 
 Xtcrai (line 6) ? Who is meant by -n-arpo^ (line 8) ?
 
 106 HOMER. 
 
 2. Translate {11. II. 321-;382) : — 
 
 " ft)9 ovv heiva TreXwpa 6ecov ela-rjXO^ eKaro^^a<i, 
 K.dX'^a<; S' avTLK eirena OeoTrpoireoiv (fyopevev ' 
 ' TLTTT aveoi €jev€cr6e, Kaprj/co/jLowpre^ \K^aioL ; 
 Tjfitv /juev To'S' e(j)r]ve repa^ ixe'ya [xrjrUra Zeu9, 
 oyjnfjLov, oy^LTeXearov, oou KXeo^; ovitot oXelrai. 
 0)9 ovTO<; Kara tLkv ecfyaye arpouOolo koX auTijv, 
 OKTCO, drap fx/jTrjp ivdrrj rjv, i) re/ce reKva, 
 W9 T)fji,ei'i ToaaavT erea irroXefii^o^ev avOi, 
 Tft) BeKcirfp 8e ttoXiv aipi'jcrofxev evpvdyuiav.' 
 Kelvo^ TO)? dyopeve • rd Br] vvv Trdvra TeXeirac. 
 aXX" dye, fiL/xvere irdvTe^;, ivKvi]fiiS€<; 'A-^aioi, 
 avTOv, elauKev darv fieya UpidfMoio eXcofxev.^^ 
 
 When did this prodigy occur, and where? What is the 
 reference in mVos (line 6) ? Construction of Oewy (line 1). 
 
 Point out the Homeric forms, giving the corresponding 
 Attic forms, in the last live lines. 
 
 3. Translate (II. III. 8G-94) : — 
 
 " KeKXvre /xev, Tpcoe'i koX evKvrjfiihe<i 'A^aiOi, 
 IxvOop WXe^dvZpOLO, rod e'lveKa vecKO*; opcopev. 
 dXXov<i /xev KeXeraL Tpcoa? kuI 7rdi>Ta<; 'A^atou? 
 Tev^ea koX' uTrodecrOai, eirl ■^dovl TrovXv^oTeipr), 
 avTov 8' iv /xecrcTfp koI uprjtcfitXov yieviXaop 
 OiOV<; dfjicj) EiXevT] Koi KTiip.acn irdcri ixd^^ecrOai. 
 oinrorepo^; he k6 vtKt'icrr] Kpe^'cracou re yLn-jrai, 
 KT)]/jiad^ eXcov ev irdvTa yvvai/cd re ol/caB^ dyeado) • 
 ol 6' dXXoL (piXoTrjra koX opKia iricnd rdfioiixev.'^ 
 
 Where found and IVoui what verb are kIkXvtc (line 1), 
 opwpev (line 2)? On what does paxt-o-Qai (line G) depend? 
 What is the origin of the metaphor in rdpfofxev (line 9)?
 
 IIOfER. 
 
 107 
 
 [The following may be substituted for either of the preceding passages.] 
 
 4. Translate {11. VI. 28G-296) : — 
 
 ft)? e(/)a^', rj Be /jioXovaa ttotI fiiyap' dficfiiTroXoicriv 
 
 KeKkero • ral S' ap' auWiaaav Kara liaru yepaid<i. 
 
 avT)) 3' e>> diiXafiov Kare^ijaeTO Krjoyevra, 
 
 ev0^ eaav ol TreTrXoi 7ra/X7roiKi\ot, epya yvvaiKcov 
 
 ^iSovlcov, Ta? avTo^ ' A\e^av8po<; OeoetSij^i 
 
 ijyaye ^ihovirjOev, eViTrXo)? eupea ttovtov, 
 
 TYjv oBov i)v 'E\€V7]v irep dvt'iyayev euTrarepetav. 
 
 TMv ev decpa/xivrj 'Kku/Stj ^epe Bcopov ^A6>'jvt), 
 
 09 KaXXtaTO<; erjv TroiKLX/Macriv '^Be fieytaro^i 
 
 darrjp 8' ft)? dTreXapbirev ' eKecro Be v6iaT0<; aWcov. 
 
 /3)'] 8' levai, TToWal Be fieTecrcrevovro yepaial. 
 
 Explain the peculiarity of form in KareyS/yrrtTo (line 3). 
 Construction of t)jv 6SoV (line 7), oAAwi/ (line 10). 
 
 Point out the Homeric forms, giving the corresponding 
 Attic forms, in the first five lines. 
 
 How does the mention of Sidon seem to bear on the date 
 of the i)oem? 
 
 1883. 
 
 1. Translate (//. I. 320-330) : — 
 
 aW 6 ye 'Ya\9vj3i6v re Kal l^vpv^drrjv irpoaiei'Trev, 
 TO) 01 kaav KijpvKC Kal orprjpoD Oepdrrovre • 
 " epj(^e(T9ov k\l(ti7}v UTjXijidBeco 'A^^t^T/o? • 
 •^eipo^ eXovr dyepiev ^pLo-rjiBa KaWiTrdprjov, 
 5 €0 Be K€ /XT} B(or]aiv, eyci) Be Kev avro^ eXcofiai 
 iXdcov avv rrXeovecrcn • ro ol Kal plyiov earai." 
 0)9 ecTTcou irpotei, Kparepov 8' eirl fivdov ereXXev. 
 TO) 8' deKOvre ^drriv rrapd Qlv dX6<i drpvyeroio.
 
 108 HOMER. 
 
 MvpfitSovwu S' eVt re ArXtcr/a? Kal v))a<; l/ctcrdijv. 
 10 Tov S' evpov Trapd re KKicrir) Kai vrji /xeXaivr] 
 7]fi6vov • ouB' upa TOO ye ibcov 'y>'jOj](Teu 'A^^iXXeu?. 
 
 INIake a list of the Ibrins peculiar to the Homeric dialect in 
 this passage, adding in each case the Attic i)rose form. 
 What different uses of tw are seen in lines 2 and S? Con- 
 struction of x^'P°5 C"^)* Use of the mode in dye/Acv (4) 
 and cAw/xat (5). Explain the use of 8e after iyw in 5. 
 
 2. Translate {11. 11. 455-8, 46U-73) : — 
 
 yvre irvp aihrjXov i7rL(f)\iy€i acnreTov vkrjv 
 oupeo<; ev Kopv(}>fji;, eKaOev Be re (fiaiverat avyj], 
 609 T(ov ep)(^o/j,ev(Oi> cltto '^oKkov Oecnreaioio 
 OLyXr} 7rap,(j)av6(oaa 8t' aWepo^ ovpavov tK€v. 
 
 5 '^vre ixvidcov dSivdcov eOvea iroKkd, 
 
 aire Kara araOfMov ttoi/jLvijlop yXdcrKouaiv 
 wprj ev elapivf/, ure re yXdyo<i ayyea Sevei, 
 TocraoL iirl Tpcoeaat Kap7]Ko/j,ao)vTe<; 'A^aiot 
 ev 7reSia> 'laravro, Biappataat fie/j.a(oT€<{. 
 
 Mark on your writing-paper the metrical feet of 7 and 8, 
 giving the rule in every case of variation from natural quan- 
 tity. Construction of rdv (3), ovpavov (4). "Wliat Latin 
 words show the same stem with v\r]v (1), dapivy (7), yXuyos 
 (7) ? What words contain the point of com[)arison in 5-9? 
 
 3. Translate (//. 111. 128-3(;) : — 
 
 " rj\vde<i eK iroXefiou • wf wc^eXe? avroO" oXeaOai, 
 dvSpl Sa/xets" Kpareprp o? e/io? irpurepo'^ 7r6ai<i rjev. 
 rj /j,ev 8t] Trpiv 7' eu)(^6^ dprji.ipiXov ^leveXdov 
 arj re /Sli] Kal %e/3cri Kal ey^el <^eprepo<^ elvai • 
 5 aXX' Wl vvv TrpoKdXeaaaL dprjl^iXov ^ieveXaov
 
 HOMER. 109 
 
 i^avTif; fiwx^ecraaOai, evavriov. uWd a eywye 
 iraveaOat KeXo/xat, /jUjSe ^avOco ^leveXdw 
 dvTi/3tov TTuXe/xop 7ro\e/jiL^€ip ySe fJicf^^eaOat 
 d(f)pa8e(o<;, /x/j ttci)? tu^' vir aurov Soupl Ba/xi'/rj'i" 
 
 Give the full forms without elisiou of avruO' (1), ev^e (3), 
 
 Tax' (9). Where are TrpoKuXea-a-ai (5) aud Sa/xr/r/s (9) 
 
 found? What two constructions are possible for SovpL (9) ? 
 Give the general rule for the accent of verbs, and point 
 out the exceptions in this passage.
 
 110 GREEK AT SIGHT. 
 
 GREEK AT SIGHT. 
 18S1. 
 
 [Hermogeuos cxphiiiis who liis Irii'iids arc of whom he is proud (fj-iya 
 
 e/c TOUTOV elire Ti<i ' " aov epyov, o) EpfjiO'y€V€<;, \eyetp 
 re Tou<i (f)iXov<i oirive'i elai koI eTnSeiKvuuaL o)? /xeya re 
 SuvavraL Koi aov eTrifxeXovrao, Xva Sok^^ Si/caifu? eir av- 
 Tol'i fieya (ppovelv." " Ovkovv w? fiev Kal ' EW7/i'e9 koX 
 ^dp/3apoL Tov<i Oeov<; TjyouvTat Trdvra elhevat rd re ovra 
 Kal TO, ixeWovTa euZifKov} irdcraL yovv al iroXei'i Kol 
 irdvra ra Wvrj Sia iiavTLKrjq eTrepcoroocrt Tov<i 66ov<; ri re 
 '^r) Koi Ti ov -^pr) TTOLelv. KoX /xrju OTC vofiL^o/jiiv ye Zv- 
 vacrdai avroix; Kal ev Kal KaK(S<i iroLelv Kal tovto aa(j}e<i.^ 
 Trdvre'i yovv alrovvTai Tov<i 6eov<; ra p,ev (pavXa aTrorpe- 
 iretv rdyaOa he hthuvat. ovroi rolvvv o'l Trdvra fxev el86Te<i 
 Trdvra 8fc Swdfievoi Oeol ovrw p-oi. tplXoi, elalv ware 8ta to 
 eTTi/jLeXelaOal fiou ouTrore Xi'jdo)^ avTou<i oure vukt6<; ov6' 
 i)lJiepa<^ ovff' OTTOi av opfMMfiat ovd^ on civ /jLcXXo) Trpdrreiv. 
 Bia Be TO irpoeihevaL Kal 6 tl e^ eKdcrrov aTro^ijaeTai 
 <r7]fiaivovai fioc 7repLTT0VTe<i dyyeXov<i (f)ijfia<i Kal evvirvia^ 
 Kal oiwvov^ d re hel Kal a ov y^pi] iroielv, oh eyco oTav fxev 
 '7rei6o)/xat, ovSeiroTe fioL /u,eTap,eXec ' ySr] 8e rrore Kal 
 d7naTi]aa<; eKoXdaOrjv. ^ 
 ' Sc. €o-Ti'. * -— Xavdavi,!. ^ dreams. * I have, been punished. 
 
 1882. 
 
 eirel Be fxeya (f)pov>](Ta<; 6 Ticraac^epvTjti eiri Tip Kara- 
 ^dvTi cTTpaTeufiari irapd /SaaiXew'i Trpoeiirev AyrjaiXao) 
 TToXe/jbov, el fx)] aTrloi ck t/}? 'Acrf'a9, ol fMev dXXoc aufXfMa-
 
 GREEK AT SIGHT. Ill 
 
 ^ot Kal AaKeBat/xovioov oi 7rap6pT€<; fiaXa n-^deaOevT^^ ^ 
 (pavepol i'yevovTO, 'A^/^ai'Xao? 8e fiaXa (patZpM tm Trpocrco- 
 TTOt) (iTrayyelXai Ti(T<Ta<f)€pv€i Tou? Trpe'cr/Sei? eKeXevcrei/ co? 
 TToWrjv x^'-P^^ auTM e)(Oi, on, e7nopK)j(Ta<i auro<; fjiev iroXe- 
 fjLLovi TOu>i 6eou<i eKTi'jcraro tol'^ S' "EWyac avfXfxd)^ou<; 
 iiTOLriaev. eK 8e tovtov €udu<; T0i9 fiev arpaTccoraii; 
 TrapijyyeiXe crucrKevd^eaOaL w? ei9 arpareiav, ral'i Se 
 TToXecTiv 669 a9 dvdjKT} rjv dcfuKvelcrOai arparevofjiivoi} eVt 
 \LapLav TrpoeiTrev dyopdv irapao-Kevdi^etv. eTreareiXe he. 
 Kal "IcucTi Koi AloXevac kol ' KXX7]a7rovTLoi<; irefivecv 7rpo<; 
 eavTov 669 'Fj(f)6aop to 1)9 crvaTparevaofJ^evov;. 6 Se Ttcr- 
 (Ta^kpvri<;, koI on 'nriTLKov ovk el')(ev 6 ^AyqalXaofi r] he 
 K.apia d(f)i7r7ro^ ^ rjv, koX ore 't^yelro avrov opyi^eaOac 
 avTca Sid rrjv dirdTTjv,'^ roS ovn vo/XLawi eirl rov avrov 
 oIkov eh Kapiav avrov 6p/xrjcr€iv, ro fiev Tre^ov dirav 
 Sie^L^aaev eKeicre, rb 8' ImnKov et9 ro M^aodvSpov Trepc/j- 
 ryaye TreSlov, vofiL^cov iKavo^ elvat Karairaryjaai^ rfj 'imrw^ 
 rou<i ^'EiXXr]va<;, irplv 6t9 rd hvcmnra ^ d^iKecrOat. 
 
 ' iu\fitfor cavalry operations. ^ deceit. ^ to overwhelm. * cavalry. 
 
 1883. 
 
 Translate : — 
 
 M6Ta he ravra dvaara^; enre aevo^wv ' ft dvhp€<; arpa- 
 riuirai, rrjv fiev iropelav, 0)9 eocKe, hTjXov on Tre^fj Troiijreov ' 
 01) yap ean irXola ' dvdyKi] he rropeveadat ijSrj • ov yap 
 ean fievovcrc rd eirir/^heia. rj/jiet'i ovv, ecfirj, Ovcro/xeOa • 
 vfid<i he hel irapaaKevdl^eaOai dx; fia-^ovfievovii et irore Kal 
 dXXore • ol yap TroXe/jiioc dvaredappi'jKacriv. eK rovrou 
 eOvovro ol crrparrjyoi' 6vofxevot<; he ivrl rfi d(f)6ha)^ ovk 
 
 1 departure.
 
 112 GREEK AT SIGHT. 
 
 iyiyvero ra lepd. ravrrjv fiev ovv rrjv rjfiepav eiraixravro. 
 Kai TLve<i iruXficov Xeyeiv 009 6 P,evo(f)ibv /3ovXu/x€vo<i to 
 -^(opLov OLKLaai^ ireireiKe^ top fiuvriv Xiyeiv co? to. iepa ov 
 ytyverai eVt u(f)6SM. ivrevOev KTjpv^a^; rfj avptov irapelvai 
 iirl Trjv dvalav rov l3ovX6fievov, eOve • koL evravda Traprjaav 
 TToXXoL 6vo/j,€V(p Be TTciXiv et? rpt? eVt tj] dcjioBoi ovk 
 iyiyvero rd lepci. eK tovtov ^aXeTrco? €l-)(ov ol arparLOiTat • 
 Kol yap rd iirLr/jBeLa dTreXiirev d e^ovT6<i rjXOov, Koi dyopd 
 ovBe/jbia Traprju.
 
 GREEK HISTORY. 113 
 
 GREEK HISTORY. 
 187G. 
 
 1. Give the dates, the opposed parties, and the immediate 
 consequences, of the battles of Plataea, -^gospotami, Chae- 
 roneia. 
 
 2. Give the date and character of the peace of Antalkidas. 
 
 3. Wluit is known of the life of Alkibiades ; of Philip of 
 Macedon ; of Xenophou ? 
 
 1877. 
 
 1. Narrate the revolt of the Ionic cities of Asia Minor 
 against the Persian government. 
 
 2. Who were the leading men at Athens in literature, art, 
 and government, between 500 and 450 B.C. ? 
 
 3. AYhen, and for how long, was the tyranny of the Thirty 
 at Athens? By whom, mainly, was it overthrown? 
 
 1878. 
 
 1. "What is known of Miltiades ; of Kleon ; of Aratus? 
 
 2. Who were the chief men in Greek politics, philosophy, 
 and art, between 400 and 300 B.C. ? 
 
 3. What are the prominent points in the history of Syra- 
 cuse? 
 
 1879. 
 
 1. Give a brief account of Demaratos (the friend of 
 Xerxes) ; of Brasidas ; of Pelopidas. 
 
 2. What events occasioned the outbreak of the Pcloponne- 
 sian war? Into what periods is it usually divided? What 
 battle ended it? 
 
 3. Narrate the history of Amphipolis and of Olynthos so 
 far as they came into connection with Athens.
 
 114 
 
 GUEEK lIi;JTO.:V, 
 
 1880. 
 
 1. Give a brief aeeount of Peijistrutos; of Alkibiades ; 
 of ^sc'hines. 
 
 2. Mention any events 3'ou recall between the Persian and 
 Peloponnesian wars. 
 
 3. Give the date and eluuaeter of tlie peace of Antalkidas. 
 
 4. Describe Philip's aggressions, and give some reasons 
 for the weakness of the resistance offered by Athens. 
 
 1881. 
 
 1. Give a brief acconnt of Aristeides and of Brasidas. 
 
 2. What is meant by the period of tyrants in Greek his- 
 tory ? Describe the rise and overthrow of some one of them. 
 
 3. Describe the formation of the first Athenian confede- 
 racy and the process of Its change into an empire. 
 
 4. Mention the ])rincipal battles (with dates) of Alexan- 
 der's invasion of Asia. AVliat motive did he claim to have 
 for his attack on the Persian king? Wiiat were tht^ results 
 of his career? 
 
 1882. 
 
 1 . G ive a brief acconnt of the life of Miltiades ; of De- 
 mosthenes. 
 
 2. What Greek states held the so-called hegemony, and 
 at what different periods? What were the causes of the 
 transfer of it which came at the close of the Persian wars? 
 
 3. When Avas the peace of Antalkidas made, and what 
 were its terms? 
 
 4. Describe ostracista. Against what individuals is it 
 known to have been put into effect?
 
 GREEK HISTORY. 115 
 
 1883. 
 
 1. Give some account of Kleisthenes ; of Xenophon. 
 
 2. Tell what ^'ou know about Greek colonies: e.g., what 
 was their relation to the mother city ? to what countries were 
 the earlier ones sent? why were most of them on insular or 
 seaboard sites? how were the^- generally distributed accord- 
 ing to tribe-connection? what great advantages resulted to 
 Greece from them? how did they affect the people about 
 them? name some of the most important. 
 
 3. Tell the story of the Athenian expedition against Syra- 
 kuse.
 
 SHEFFIELD SCIEI^TIFIO SCHOOL.
 
 REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION. 
 
 (Sheffield Scientific School.) 
 
 Arithmetic: Fundamental Operations; Least Common Multiple; Greatest 
 Common Divisor; Common and Decimal Fractions; Denominate Num- 
 bers, including tlie Metric System of Weights and Measures; Percent- 
 ages, including Interest, Discount, and Comiaission; Proportion; Extrac- 
 tion of the Square and Cube Roots. 
 
 Algebra: Fundamental Operations; Fractions; Equations of the First 
 Degree, with one or several unknown quantities; Inequalities; Ratio 
 and Proijortion; Involution, including the Binomial Formula for an 
 entire and positive Exponent; Evolution; the Reduction of Radicals; 
 Equations of the Second Degree; Progressions; Permutations and Com- 
 binations; the Method of Indeterminate Coefficients; Fundamental Prop- 
 erties of Logarithms; Compound Interest. 
 
 Geometry : Plane, Solid, and Spherical, including Fundamental Notions 
 of Symmetry, and Examples of Loci and Maxima and Minima of Plane 
 Figures. 
 
 Trigonomietry : Including the Analytical Theory of the Trigonometrical 
 Functions and the usual Formula}; the Construction and Use of Trigo- 
 nometrical Tables, and the Solution of Plane Triangles, — so much, for 
 example, as is contained in Newcomb's Trigonometry to Art. 71), or in 
 Wheeler's or Richards's Plane Trigonometry. 
 
 Latin : Simple exercises in translating English into Latin. (Smith's Prin- 
 cipia Latina, Part I., and the First and Second Latin Books of the Ahn- 
 Henn Latin series, are named as indicating the nature and extent of this 
 requirement.) Ca;sar, Six Books of the Gallic War. 
 
 History of the United States. 
 
 Geography. 
 
 English: Inc-luding Grammar, Spelling, and Composition. In Grammar, 
 Whitney's " Essentials of English Grammar," or an equivalent.
 
 EISTTEAJSTCE 
 EXAMIJ^ATIOJN^ PAPEES. 
 
 (Sheffield Scientific School.) 
 
 ARITHMETIC. 
 July, 1880. 
 
 1. (a) Select the prime numbers between 1 and 50. 
 {b) Find the prime factors of 6902. 
 
 41 _ 91 
 
 2. Find the vahie of -^^ ^^, in its simplest form. 
 
 3. Divide 0.10724 by 0.003125. 
 
 4. How many stones 10 in. long, 9 in. broad, and 4 in. 
 thick, would it require to build a wall 80 ft. long, 20 ft. 
 high, and 2^ ft. thick, without mortar? 
 
 5. The population of a certain town has gained 25 per 
 cent within the last five years. It is now 6575 ; what was it 
 five years ago? 
 
 6. Extract the square root of 3369 to three places of 
 decimals. 
 
 7. Give the approximate value of the meter in inches ; of 
 the gram in grains ; of the kilogram in pountls avoirdupois ; 
 of the liter in liquid quarts. 
 
 8. What is the weight of a liter of pure water at its maxi- 
 mum density?
 
 I"i0 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 September, 1880. 
 
 1. Reduce y|-^ and ^ /^ ^- to their least common denomina- 
 tor ; add the results, and express the sum decimally to four 
 places. 
 
 2. If 8 horses consume 3|^ t. of hay iu 30 d^s., how long 
 will 4^ t. last 10 horses? 
 
 3. A buys 9 per cent stocks at 25 per cent premium, and 
 B buys 6 per cent stocks at 25 per cent discount ; supposing 
 dividends to be paid promptly, what rates of interest will 
 they receive on their investments ? 
 
 4. Calculate the square root of 2.064 to two places of 
 decimals. 
 
 5. Calculate the cube root of 3,3 to two places of decimals. 
 
 6. How man}' hectoliters of grain will a l)in hold whose 
 interior length, width, and depth, are each G ft. G in. ? 
 
 June, 1881. 
 
 1. Ascertain whether the fraction ^W^ is in its lowest 
 terms or not, and explain the process you employ. 
 
 2. (a) Divide ^ir ^J tIt' ^^'■^ explain the process. 
 (b) Can the quotient be exactl}' expressed by a termi- 
 nating decimal ? Give a reason for 30ur answer. 
 
 3. Divide 0.00309824 by 0.0376, and explain the position 
 of the decimal point in the quotient. 
 
 4. If a body revolves uniformly in the circumference of a 
 circle at the rate of 12° 15' 25" per minute, how long is it 
 in performing a. complete revolution? 
 
 5. If 6 men, working uniformly at a certain rate, do a 
 certain piece of work in 17 dys. of 9 hrs. each, how many
 
 ARITHMETIC. 121 
 
 days of 8\ hrs. each will 24 men, working unifornil}- at the 
 same rate, require to do 20 sucii pieces? 
 
 G. $5674.83 is 10;") per cent of what sum? 
 
 7. Extract the square root of 2.26 to three places of deci- 
 mals. Show how you can derive from the square root of 
 this number that of 0.0226. 
 
 H. Find the weight in grams of a rectangular >)ar of gold 
 jdcm long, 21'='" wide, and 2'"" thick, assuming the bar to be 
 19 times as heavy as its owu volume of pure water at its 
 maximum density. 
 
 September, 1881. 
 
 1. Find the least common multiple of 1011, 1685, and 
 2359. 
 
 2. A man bought 16 horses and 19 cows for $1855. He 
 paid upon the average -^-^ as much for a cow as he did for a 
 horse. What was the average price he paid per head for 
 the horses? 
 
 3. Divide 0.006102 b}- 2.034, and explain the position of 
 the decimal point. 
 
 4. Reduce 18,216 ft. to miles and decimals of a mile. 
 
 5. A compan}-, w'hose capital is $275,000, has $15,125 
 from its earnings to divide. What per cent dividend can it 
 declare upon the basis of this sum? 
 
 6. If a block of granite 8 ft. long, 2 ft. wide, and 1 ft. 6 in. 
 thick, weigh 920 lbs., hoAV nuich will a block of the same kind 
 of granite weigh which is 12 ft. long, 3 ft. wide, and 2 ft. 
 thick ? 
 
 7. Exti'act the cube root of 1.025 to three jihices of deci- 
 mal.
 
 122 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 8. (a) In 2.15'*"" how man}' cubic millimeters? 
 Reduce approximately 
 (6) GOO""" to miles, and 
 (c) 50^ to grains. 
 
 June, 1882. 
 
 1. Find the greatest common divisor of 17,640 and 1(S,37.'). 
 
 2. Find the least common multiple of the foregoing num- 
 bers. 
 
 3. Give the table of troj- weights ; also the table of metric 
 weights. Express the gram in grains, and the kilogram in 
 pounds avoirdupois. 
 
 321 
 
 4. Express ^^ decimally to three places. 
 
 5. Of an alloy containing 21 i)arts copper and 4 parts 
 nickel, what per cent is copper and what per cent nickel? 
 
 6. For what amount must a note, pa^'able in GO days, be 
 given to a bank discounting at 6 per cent to obtain $500? 
 
 7. If 16 men build 18 rds. of wall in 12 dj^s., how many 
 men will be needed to build 72 rds. in 8 dys. ? 
 
 8. Extract the square root of .001601 to four places. 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 1. (a) Which of the numbers 293, 371, 385, 440, 524, 
 017, and 713 are prime? 
 
 (b) Separate 1836 into its pi-jme factors. 
 
 2. Divide A of 12.', by -i of 8|. 
 
 1 f ' 2 
 
 3. Divide .000744 by .62, and t'xphvin the position of the 
 /lecimal point in the quotient.
 
 ARITHMETIC. 123 
 
 4. Ill 80,9.'37,HG4 sq. in. how many acres? 
 
 5. Q and Y barter. Q makes of 10 cts. 12|^ cts., Y makes 
 of 15 cts. 19 cts. ; which makes the most per cent, and how 
 much? 
 
 6. Three men harvested and thrashed a fiekl of grain on 
 shares, A furnishing 4 hands 5 dys., B G hands 4 dys., and 
 C hands 8 d3's. The whole crop was G30 bu., of which 
 they had one-fifth ; how much did each receive ? 
 
 7. Extract the cube root of 81^ to three decimal places. 
 
 8. Bought 30'" of clotli at $2.50 per metre ; at what price 
 per yard must it be sold to gain $ 25 ? 
 
 June, 1883. 
 
 1. Find the greatest common divisor of 36,864 and 20,736. 
 
 2. Multiply I ofg by I of i- 
 
 3. (a) Give the table of metric weights. 
 
 (&) A cubical cistern holds 1331*'^ of water; what is 
 the length of an inner edge ? 
 
 4. Divide 67.56785 by 0.035, and multiply the result by |. 
 Explain the position of the decimal point after division. 
 
 5. How much money should be received on a note of $1000, 
 payable in 4 months, discounting at a bank where the interest 
 is 6 per cent? 
 
 6. If a man travel 117 miles in 15 days, employing only 
 9 hours a day, how far would he go in 20 days, travelling 12 
 hours a day ? 
 
 7. Extract the square root of 10 to five places.
 
 124 ARITHMETIC. 
 
 September, 1883. 
 
 1. (a) Select the prime numbers between 50 and 100. 
 
 (6) What is the least number that can be exactly 
 divided by by J^, 21, 5, 6^, and j\? 
 
 2. Reduce 0.00096 to its simplest equivalent common 
 fraction. 
 
 3. 7465 is dS^ per cent of what number? 
 
 4. A broker bought 84 shares of railroad stock at 19 per 
 cent discount. He sold 35 shares at 27| per cent discount, 
 and the balance at 8 per cent discount. Did he gain or lose, 
 and how much? 
 
 5. Calculate the cube root of 3.7 to five decimal places. 
 
 6. Give the approximate value of the meter in feet; of 
 the kilogram in pounds avoirdupois. 
 
 7. Find the weight in kilos of 15 gallons of water.
 
 GEOMETRY. 125 
 
 GEOMETRY. 
 July, 1880. 
 
 Note 1. Candidates who present themselves for the whole examination 
 may omit questions 2, 3, and 5. Candidates who present themselves for 
 the partial examination will confine themselves to the questions in Plane 
 Geometry. 
 
 Note 2. State what text-hook you have studied, and to what extent. 
 
 I. — Plane Geometry. 
 
 1. (a) Define the symmetry of a figure with respect to au 
 axis aud with respect to a point. 
 
 (b) Prove that if a figiu-e is symmetrical with respect 
 to two axes perpendicular to eacli other, it is also symmetri- 
 cal with respect to the intersection of these axes. 
 
 2. An angle formed by a tangent and a chord is meas- 
 ured by one-half the intercepted arc. 
 
 3. To bisect a given arc or angle. 
 
 4. (a) If a perpendicular be drawn from the vertex of the 
 right angle to the hypotheuuse of a right triangle, the two 
 triangles thus foriped are similar to each other and to the 
 whole triangle. 
 
 (b) What can you say of the perpendicular as com- 
 pared with the segments of the hypothenuse? Why? 
 
 (c) What of either side about the right angle ? Why ? 
 
 5. On a given straight line to construct a polygon similar 
 to a given polygon ? 
 
 6. The circumferences of two circles are to each other as 
 their radii, and their areas are to each other as the squares 
 of their radii.
 
 126 GEOMETRY. 
 
 II. — Solid and Spherical Gkometuy. 
 
 7. If a straight lino and a plane are paralU'l, the intersec- 
 tion of the plane with planes passed through the line arc 
 parallel to that lino and to each other. 
 
 8. Dofiue a piisni. 'l\vo prisms are eqnnl. if three faces 
 including a tiii'dral angle of the one are resi)ectivoly equal 
 to three faces similarly placed including a triedral angle of 
 the other. 
 
 9. P^very section of a sphere made by a plane is a circle. 
 
 10. Between what two limits does the sum of the angles 
 of a spherical triangle lie ? Write expressions for the sur- 
 face and volume of the cylinder, cone, and sphere. 
 
 September, 1880. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied and to what extent.] 
 
 1. To draw a connnon tangent to two given circles. 
 
 2. The bisector of an angle of a triangle divides the op- 
 posite side into segments which are proportional to the adja- 
 cent sides. 
 
 3. The area of a parallelogram is equal to the product of 
 its base and altitude. 
 
 4. How do you find the area of a trapezoid? The areas 
 of similar polygons are to each other in what ratio ? Of all 
 plane figures having the same area what one has the least 
 perimeter ? 
 
 !). If a straight line is perpendicular to each of two 
 straight lines at their point of intersection, it is perpendicular 
 to the plane of those lines. 
 
 6. A triangular pyramid is one-third of a triangular prism 
 of the same base and idtitude.
 
 GEOMETRY. 127 
 
 7. Define the terms, spherical excess and trl-rectangidar 
 triangle. The area of a spherical triangle is equal to its 
 spherical excess (tlie ri<2;]it angle being the unit of angles, 
 and the tri-rectaagular triangle the unit of areas). 
 
 June, 1881. 
 
 Note 1. Candidates for examination on the whole of this subject 
 should take the whole of this paper. Candidates for the first year's par- 
 tial examination should take the first part ; those for the second year's 
 partial examination, the second part. 
 
 Note 2. State what text-book you have studied on the subject, and 
 to what extent. 
 
 I. — Plane Geometry. 
 
 1. Of two oblique linos drawn from the same point to the 
 same straight line, that is the greater which cuts off upon the 
 line the greater distance from the foot of the perpendicular. 
 Corollaries. 
 
 2. In any triangle the product of two sides is equal to the 
 product of the diameter of the circumscribed circle by the 
 perpendicular let fall upon the third side from the vertex of 
 the opposite angle. 
 
 3. Two sides of a triangle and the angle opposite to one 
 of them being given, to construct the triangle. 
 
 4. The area of a circle is equal to half the product of its 
 circumference l)y its radius. 
 
 f). Calculate the area of a circle whose radius is 10 ft. 
 
 II. — Solid axi> SruEiucAL Geometry. 
 
 6. The sum of any two face angles of a triedral angle is 
 greater than the third. 
 
 7. If the base of a cone is a circle, every section of the 
 cone made by a plane parallel to the base is a circle.
 
 128 GEoMiyriiY. 
 
 8. Calculate the area iu square feet of a spherical triangle 
 oil a sphere whose radius is 10 ft., the angles of the triangle 
 being 70°, 80°, and 120°. 
 
 9. Calculate the area of a zone on the sphere whose radius 
 is 30 ft. , the altitude of the zone being 3 ft. 
 
 10. AVrite expressions for the sui'face and volume of a 
 cone of revolution. 
 
 September, 1881. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied on the subject, and to what extent.] 
 
 1 . Through any three points not in the same straight line 
 a circumference can be made to pass, and but one. 
 
 2. If three or more straight lines drawn through the same 
 point intersect two parallels, the corresponding segments of 
 the parallels are proportional. 
 
 3. To find the locus of all the points whose distances from 
 two given points are in a given ratio, 
 
 4. Define the term lunit. Prove that the circumference 
 of a circle is the limit to which the perimeters of the in- 
 scribed and circumscribed regular polygons approach when 
 the number of their sides is increased indefinitely. 
 
 5. (a) AVhen is a straight line said to be perpendicuhir to 
 a plane? (&) How do you measure the dicdral angles in- 
 cluded between two intersecting planes? 
 
 (c) Prove that if a straight line is perpendicular to a 
 l)hine, every plane passing through the line is also perpen- 
 dicular to that plane. 
 
 G. The volume of an}' parallelopiped is equal to the prod- 
 uct of its base b}' its altitude.
 
 GEOMETRY. 
 
 129 
 
 7. If two triangles on the same sphere are mutually equi- 
 angular, they are also mutually equilateral ; and are either 
 equal or syuuuetrical. 
 
 8. Tlif lateral area of a frustum of a cone of revolution is 
 equal to the half sum of the circumfereuces of its bases mul- 
 tiplied by its slant height. 
 
 June, 1882. 
 
 Note 1. Candidates for examination in this subject as a whole, should 
 take the whole of this paper; those for the first year's partial examination, 
 the first part of it; those for the second year's partial examination, the 
 second part. 
 
 Note 2. State at the head of your pajjer what text-book you have stud- 
 ied on the subject, and to what extent. 
 
 1. (a) Define and illustrate the symmetry of a figure with 
 reference to an axis and with reference to a point. 
 
 {b) Define the difterent classes and species of quadri- 
 laterals. 
 
 2. The thi-ee medial lines of a triangle meet in a point 
 whicli is at two-thirds tiu; distance from the vertex of each 
 angle to the middle of the opposite side. 
 
 3. To inscribe a circle in a given triangle. Define escribed 
 circles relati\-e to a triangle. 
 
 4. The bisector of an interior angle of a triangle divides 
 the opposite side into segments proportional to the adjacent 
 sides. 
 
 5. When is a variable magnitude said to have a limit? 
 Give an example to illustrate the definition. 
 
 G. If two sides of a triangle be given, its area v'ill l)e a 
 maximum when these sides are at riiJ-ht ambles. 
 
 7. If a straiglit line is perpendicular to each of two straight 
 lines at their point of intersection, it is pcrpendicuhu to the 
 plane of these lines.
 
 130 GEOMETRY, 
 
 8. Dofine symmetricnl polyhedral angles. Illustrate the 
 definition l)y a figure. 
 
 9. Define the poles of a circle of a sphere. Prove that all 
 j)oints on tlie circumference of a circle of a sphere are equally 
 distant from each of its poles. 
 
 10. Tiie angle between two great circles is equal to the 
 diedral angle between their planes. 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 [State what text-book j-ou have studied, and to what extent.] 
 
 1 . An inscribed angle is measured b}'^ one-half its inter- 
 cepted arc. 
 
 2. From a given point without a circle to draw a tangent 
 to the circle. 
 
 3. To construct a triangle which shall be equal in area to 
 a given quadrilateral. 
 
 4. The diameters of two concentric circles being 10 and 
 G feet, required the area of the ring contained between their 
 circumferences. 
 
 o. The sum of any two face angles of a triedral angle is 
 greater than the third. 
 
 G. The lateral area of a frustum of a regular pyramid is 
 equal to its slant heiglit into half the sum of the perimeters 
 of its bases. 
 
 7. AVrite expressions for the volume of the sphere and 
 right C3'linder. Show that the volume of a si)lunv is to that 
 of its circumscribed cyliuder as 2 to :?. 
 
 5. Required the area of a splierical tiinugle described on 
 a sphere, whose diameter is 30 feet, the angles being 140°, 
 92% and 08°.
 
 GEOMETRY. 131 
 
 June, 1883. 
 
 Note 1. — Candidates for examination on the whole of this subject 
 should take the wliolo of tliis paper. Candidates for the first year's parti.al 
 examination sliould take the first part; those for the second year's partial 
 examination, the second part. 
 
 Note 2. — State what text-book you have studied, and to what extent. 
 
 I. — Plane Geometry. 
 
 1. (a) Define the symmetry of a figure with respect to a 
 poiut and with respect to an axis. 
 
 (6) Determine the symmetrical figure of a triangle 
 with respect to a poiut lying within and with respect to an 
 axis cutting the triangle. 
 
 2. The tlu'ee perpendiculars from the vertices of a triangle 
 to the opposite sides meet in the same poiut. 
 
 3. To construct a polygon similar to a given polygon, the 
 ratio of similitude of the two polygons being given. 
 
 4. (a) What is the area of a circle circumscribed about a 
 square whose side is a? 
 
 (b) What must be the diameter of a circle in order 
 that the length of its circumference may be 100 feet? 
 
 5. To find the locus of the point from which a given line 
 subtends a right angle. 
 
 6. Of all triangles having the same base and equal areas, 
 that which is isosceles has the minimum perimeter. 
 
 II. — Solid and Spherical Geometry. 
 
 7. Between two lines not in the same plane, one, and 
 onl}' one, common perpendicular can be drawn. 
 
 8. All parallel()pii)ods having the same base and equal 
 altitudes are equal in volume. 
 
 9. Show that opposite spherical triangles are symmetrical. 
 If two symmetrical spherical triangles are isosceles, they are 
 identically equal.
 
 132 GEOMETRY. 
 
 10. Write expressions for the lateral area and volume of 
 the prism and regular pj-ramid : also for the entire surface 
 and volume of the right cylinder and sphere. 
 
 September, 1883. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied, and to what extent.] 
 
 1. Every point in the bisector of an angle is equally 
 distant from the sides of the angle ; and every point within 
 the angle, but not on the bisector, is nearer that side toward 
 which it lies. 
 
 2. If the sum of two opposite angles of a quadrilateral is 
 equal to two right angles, the vertices of the four angles lie 
 on a circle. 
 
 3. (a) Write expressions for the area of the triangle, 
 parallelogram, trapezoid, and circle. 
 
 (5) The areas of similar figures are to each other in 
 what ratio ? 
 
 (c) How would you find the area of any quadrilateral ? 
 
 4. (a) When is a variable magnitude said to have a 
 limit f Give an example to illustrate the definition. 
 
 (6) Apply the theory of limits to show that the area 
 of a circle is equal to half the product of its circumference 
 b}' its radius. 
 
 5. If from any point perpendiculars be dropped upon two 
 intersecting i)lanes, the angle between these perpendiculars 
 will be equal to the dihedral angle between the planes, ad- 
 jacent to the angle in wliich the i)oint is situated. 
 
 6. The area of a sphericnl triangle is proportional to its 
 spherical excess. 
 
 7. Required the entire surface and volume of a right cone 
 whose altitude is 12 feet, and the diameter of its base 15 
 feet. 
 
 8. The radius of a sphere is bisected at riglit angles by a 
 plane. What is the ratio of the two parts into which the 
 plane divides the spherical surface?
 
 ALGEBRA. 133 
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 July, 1880. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied, and to what extent.] 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Resolve the following expressions into factors, 
 
 1 G a^ b- — 24 a? bmx -f J) m" x' ; 9 rr 6" — 1 cr c- ; (V^ — 8 h'^. 
 
 2. Given 1 ^— = and ^ = ; 
 
 „ , 1 a4-b a — b a — b « + o a—b a-j-o 
 
 nncl X and y. 
 
 3. Given Va — cc -f V6 — x= , to find a;. 
 
 4. (a) From 2V72«- take Vl62tt^ 
 
 (&) Find the value of V2 x a/3 X a/5. 
 (c) Divide 8 a — & by 2a^ — b\ 
 
 5. Given ^' + 4 ;« - 8 > 3 and Gx + i^^Ejzl^ < 18, to find 
 
 2 3 
 
 a superior and inferior limit of x. 
 
 II. 
 
 6. Given '-^ '■ ~ = 4, to find the values of x. 
 
 x-2 x+2 " 
 
 7. Given x" -{- xy = ay- -f- xy = Zy, to find .f and y. 
 
 8. Expand — '^^^ — ^ into a series b}' the method of inde- 
 
 1 — .X — X- 
 
 terminate coefficients.
 
 134 
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 9. The number of permutations of n things, 3 together, is 
 6 times the number of combinations, 4 together ; (nul n. 
 
 Note. — The first division of the paper extends as far as Quadratic 
 Equations, and Avill be all that is required of candidates who propose to 
 pass the partial exaiuiiialion only. 
 
 September, 1880. 
 
 1. Divide — ^, by — ■ 
 
 x--2bx-{-b- -^ x — b 
 
 2. Given = and 5 ax — 2 by = c, to find x 
 
 and y. 
 
 3 
 
 3. VU — x-i-Vll — x= , to find a;. 
 
 Vl 1 - a; 
 
 , — , — ^ a -\- b la — b 
 
 4. Simphfy V24 + V54 - VG ; ,7:r^>J^^^ ? 
 
 5. Extract the square root of 
 
 4 x' + 1 (> (/•' - 1 2 cu%^ — 24 a'^x + 25 a- x-. 
 
 6. Solve the equation 3.x-- + 2.i; — 9 = 76. 
 
 7. If —' = — = —'•••=-!'=: /•, show that 
 
 61 />^ &.; &„ 
 
 n, -I- r>, -f g,. + ••• +a„ ^ _^. 
 
 /,, .|_ 6,+ /'; 4- •■■ +b" 
 
 8. Having tlu; lirst term (a), the ratio (r), .ind llio Last 
 term (7), of a geometric pi-ogression, find the sum (.s), and 
 tlic miiuher (11) of tile tei'ius. 
 
 b 
 
 9. Expand - into a series bv the liinomial formula. 
 
 Var + u^ 
 
 10. .Solve the eqiiiilions .r" = y^ and .r" = ?/".
 
 ALGEBRA. 
 
 June, 1881. 
 
 135 
 
 Note 1. — Candidates for examination in this subject, as a whole, should 
 take the whole of this paper; those for the first year's partial examination, 
 the lirst part of it; those for the second year's partial examination, the 
 second part. 
 
 Note 2. — State at the head of your paper what text-book you have 
 studied on the subject, and to what extent. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Find the greatest common divisor of 
 
 ixi'-i-lOa'b-^oa^b'^ and a^ b -}- 2 a- b' -{- 2 ab' -\- bK 
 
 - ^. 13m— 7x Am — x m+p , , ^ -, 
 
 2. Given 1 = kx, to find x. 
 
 m -\- 1) m — 2) ni — 2> 
 
 3. Two masons, A and B, propose to build a wall. If 
 both work together, they can finish it in 12 dys. ; but if A 
 work 2 dys. and B 3 dys., thej' will complete only one-fifth 
 of the job. How long will it take each of them separately 
 to do the work? 
 
 4. (a) Reduce Va, 'Vb, V(?, to the same index. 
 (b) Simplify the following expressions: 
 
 (1) Vsa'Va*"'^; 
 
 (2) 4V48-fVl47-4VT2; 
 (2)^(9)^(3)^ 
 
 (3) 
 
 (3)«(4)^(2)^ 
 
 12a; + 4 
 
 o. Given 2V2x~+2 +^/lirf2 ^ ^ T^_ , to find x. 
 
 V8a; + 8 
 
 II. 
 
 oG—x 
 T). Given l.r = 4^, to find x. 
 
 X 
 
 7. Determine ]}y inspection the roots of the equation, 
 X- — (a + b)x + (a + c) {b — a) = 0, 
 and state the jn'inciple upon which you do so.
 
 13G ALGEBRA. 
 
 8. Given ary -\- xy- = a and x'-y — xy- = />, to find x and y. 
 
 9. Kxpiuul {ir-\-Ir)^ to four terms l)y the binoiniul fur- 
 iniilii. 
 
 10. Show that the nioduUis of any system of loi>arithnis 
 is eqnal to the reciprocal of the Naperian logarithm of the 
 base of the system ; and also that it is eqnal to the loga- 
 rithm of the Naperian base taken in the system. 
 
 September, 1881. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied on the subject, and to what extent.] 
 
 1. Resolve a'^ — U' into fonr factors. 
 
 7 4 12 
 
 2 . Given — = -\ -^ = 4 and — = -| — -= = 1 , to fi nd x and y. 
 
 V;c Wy -\/x Vy 
 
 3. Simplify the following expressions : 
 
 (a) i^; {h) («5)^; (c) a/^? ; 
 
 4. Resolve the trinomial .r-)-2;v — 120 into its binomial 
 factors. 
 
 ^, . V'J XT — 1 4- VS — or o , ,. 1 
 ;). Given — :;:^^;^:=^ =-^. to inid x. 
 
 V8.r-1-V3-.T- '> 
 
 G. rJivcn ").;■- + :^?/- = 22 and 3 .r'-' —.")_?/-= 7 , to find x 
 and //. 
 
 7. A 1):U1 rolls down an ineluied plane, describing I ft. the 
 first second, '.'> 11. Uie second, and so ou. IIow far will it go 
 in 10 sec, and liow far in the tenth second?
 
 ALGEBRA. 137 
 
 8. Jf the poi)ul:iti()ii of a certain city is now 10. 000, and it 
 increases at the annual rate of 10 per cent for tlie next 10 
 yi's., what will it l)e at the end of that time? [Given (1.1)'" 
 = 2.59^7+.] 
 
 9. Expand " ^ ^ ' into a series by the method of indeter- 
 
 4 + 5 .X- 
 
 minate coefficients. 
 
 10. Find the number of combinations of 10 things taken 
 4 together, and also taken G together. 
 
 June, 1882. 
 
 Note 1. — Candidates for examination in this subject, as a whole, should 
 take the whole of this paper; those for the first year's partial examination, 
 the first part of it; those for the second year's partial examination, the 
 second part. 
 
 Note 2. — State at the head of your pai^er what text-book you have 
 studied on the subject, and to what extent. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Resolve x^ + Sy'^ into two factors. 
 
 . Cxiveu = ex, to nnd the value of x. 
 
 a+b a—h 
 
 3. There are three workmen, A, B, C. A and B together 
 can perform a certain piece of work in a days ; A and C to- 
 gether, in h days ; and B and C togetlier, in c days. In 
 what time could each singly perform it, and in what time 
 could they finish it if all worked togetlier? 
 
 4. Prove that if 
 
 ", (I., (^-5 ., Ui + a., + u^ 
 
 — = —=— = i\ then — '—^ — - = r. 
 
 b, b, b, u, + b,-\-b, 
 
 5. (a) Write equivalent expressions for the following:
 
 138 ALGEBRA. 
 
 (b) Reduce the following expressions to simpler forms 
 
 ( 1 ) V4.") f' — VSOc-' ^- Voa-c ; 
 
 (3) 4a/|x2V|. 
 
 II. 
 
 6. Given 3a;- -\-x — 7, to find x. 
 
 7. Given ^ ,_ — = \ -, to find x. 
 
 ^x ^<I 
 
 8. Given x -{-y = a; x- -\-y- = lr \ to find x and y. 
 
 9. Expand "' into a series by the method of inde- 
 
 1 — 3 a; 
 
 terminate coefficient. 
 
 10. Write equivalent expressions adapted to computa- 
 tion for the following : 
 
 (a) logT-^J; (6) logVa--ar. 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied, and to what extent.] 
 
 1. Multiply ^ ~ ^ by '^ , so as to obtain the 
 
 ^ ^ a? + 2hx^lf ^ x-b 
 
 product in its simplest form. 
 
 2. Given x — ^^ ~ = c and ?/ '^—^ = d, to find x and y. 
 
 b b 
 
 3. Given V4 a+x= 2^/b + x — V^, to find x. 
 
 4. Write the Gth power of (a — 2Z/) by the binomial for- 
 mula.
 
 ALGEBRA. 139 
 
 5. Simplify tlie following expressions : 
 
 (a) (i)"; (h) ^^^^"; (c) ^^^36^^ 
 (d) VS + V50 - Vl8 ; (e) 3 a a/6 x '> b -\/2c. 
 
 6. Solve the equation fix*- — 13a; + G = 0, and resolve the 
 first member into its factors. 
 
 7. Given x -\-y =2^ and ic^ = g^, to find x and y. 
 
 8. A traveller has a journe}- of 132 miles to perform. He 
 goes 27 m. the first day, 24 m. the second, and so on, travel- 
 ling 3 m. less each da}' than the day before. In how many 
 days will he complete the journej' ? 
 
 9. What is the present value of a dollars due n years 
 hence, at c per cent compound interest? 
 
 10. How many distinct straight lines can be drawn in 
 joining, two and two, five distinct points, no three of which 
 are in the same straight line ? 
 
 June, 1883. 
 
 Note 1. Candidates for examination in this subject, as a whole, should 
 take the whole of this paper; those for the first year's partial examination, 
 the first part of it; those for the second year's partial examination, the 
 second part. 
 
 Note 2. State at the head of your paper what text-book you have 
 studied, and to what extent. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. Reduce to their simplest forms the fractions, 
 
 . ac + bd + ad + be . ,,. ax'" — ?>a;'"+\ 
 ^"^ af-\-2bx + 2ax-\-bf' ^ ^ a^bx-h^a? 
 
 2. Given — - ^^^^^^ -bx = ae-S bx, to find x. 
 
 d a
 
 140 ALGEBHA. 
 
 3. A sum of money, at simple interest, amounted in m 
 years to a dollars, and in n years to b dollars. Find the sum 
 and the rate of interest. 
 
 4. Prove that if ^~^ <; i _ ^, and m is positive, then 
 
 . my 
 
 6. (a) Simplify (a-6'')J+(a-c'')i. 
 
 (&) Extract the square root of G hm-" + /r + 9 m'^^. 
 
 (c) Reduce ^ - — :z:=::r= to an equivalent fraction 
 
 V.T + rt — -y/x — a 
 
 with a rational denominator. 
 
 II. 
 
 6. Given 15 a;^ _ 20 a; = 35, to find x. 
 
 7. Given ^+^ ^"-'-^ ={x- 2)\ to find x. 
 
 X - Va;' - 9 
 
 8. Given x^ — xy = 48, and xy — ?/- = 12, to find x and y. 
 
 9. The number of permutations of n things taken r to- 
 gether is equal to 10 times the number when taken r—\ 
 together ; and the number of combinations of n things taken r 
 together is to the number when taken r — 1 together as 5 to 
 3 ; required the value of n and r. 
 
 3 4- 2a; 
 
 10. Expand y-^ — into a series of ascending powers of a; 
 
 by the method of indeterminate coefficients. (Four terms of 
 the series will be suflieient.)
 
 TIllGOXOMETRY. 
 
 143 
 
 G. Ill a, triaugle ABC, given a = 309, Z> = 450, and A = 
 27° 50', to first determine whetlier the triangle admits of 
 more Hum one solution, and tlien solve it. 
 
 June, 1881. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied on the subject, and to what extent.] 
 
 1. "Write tlie values of the different trigonometrie func- 
 tions for angles of 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 300°. 
 
 2. "Write the simplest equivalent expressions for 
 
 sin I -—a), cos(--(-(tj, tan(-|7r— a), sin(27r— a). 
 
 3. Write the fundamental formulae connecting two or 
 more of the trigonometric functions of the same angle, and 
 deduce any two of them. 
 
 4. Given tan a = — , to find sin a and cos a. 
 
 n 
 
 5. Deduce the formulae, 
 
 cos 2 a =1—2 siu^a ; sin J-a = Vy(1— cos a). 
 
 6 . Prove that tan ^ |^ + tan ^ ^ = -. 
 
 4 
 
 7. In a plane triaugle the side a is 4575, the side b is 
 5G56.7, and the angle B (opposite b) is 125° 25'; find the 
 remaining parts of the triangle. 
 
 September, 1881. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied on the subject, and to what extent.] 
 
 1. Find the angle 1.8 in degrees. 
 
 2. Calculate the different functions of - and V-tt. 
 
 6 ' 
 
 3. Represent the different trigonometric functions of an 
 angle in the second quadrant by lines.
 
 144 TRIGONOMETRY. 
 
 4. Deduce the formula, 
 
 cos a — cos h = — 2 am -\ {a + b) sin .', (a — b) , 
 a and ?/ being any angles. 
 
 m 
 
 5. Given tan^= — . to lind the value of 
 
 u 
 
 1)0 COS 20 + n sin 2^. 
 G. In a triangle ABC, given the sides a, 6, and c, respec- 
 tively, opposite the angles A, B, and C, as follows : 
 
 a = 7GG.3, b = G72, c = 565. U5, to lind the angle A. 
 
 Juuc, 1882. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied on the subject, aud to what extent.] 
 
 1. Define the different trigonometric functions of an 
 angle. 
 
 2. Give the algebraic sign of each function of an angle 
 terminating in each of the four quadrants. 
 
 3. Show that sin (tt + a) = — sin a ; and that cos (2 tt — a) 
 = cos a. 
 
 4. Find the formula for tan (a -f^) in terms of tan a and 
 tan /S. Find also the formula for tan 2 a in terms of tan a. 
 
 5. Given 2 a tan ^ sin ^ — 2 a cos ^ -f- /j = 0, to find 6. 
 
 6. Given two sides of a plane triangle IHO and 100, and 
 the angle opposite the former 127° 33', to find the other parts. 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 [State what text-book you have studied, and to M'liat extent.] 
 
 1. Find tlie luniibor of degrees in the angle subtended at 
 the centre of a circle whose radius is lU ft. by an arc 9 in. 
 loner.
 
 TRIGONOMETRY. 145 
 
 2. Determine all the funetious of the followiug tingles : 
 
 30°5 7, f 7I-, 585°. 
 4 
 
 3. Given the functions of an}' angle to find the functions 
 of half that angle. 
 
 4. Given tan ^ = — , to find the value of sin 2^. 
 
 n 
 
 5. Show that 2tau"'^a = tan~' 
 
 l-a^ 
 
 6. In a plane trianglo, given a =100, c = 200, and B = 
 112° 30', to find the remaining parts. 
 
 June, 1883. 
 
 1. Explain the circular measure of an angle. Express an 
 angle of 1.5 in degrees. 
 
 2. Give the algebraic signs of the trigonometric functions 
 for angles terminating in each of the four quadrants, and the 
 
 q 
 
 values of the functions of 0, -, rr, — . 
 
 3. State some of the fundamental relations existing be- 
 tween the different functions of the same angle. 
 
 4. Find an angle whose tangent is double its sine. 
 
 5. "Write the different formulae which serve to solve right- 
 angled triangles, and explain their application. 
 
 6. Find a formula for expressing sin ^a in terms of cos a. 
 
 7. If a, b, and c are the sides of a triangle, and a the angle 
 opposite the side a, show that 
 
 a- = &- + c^ — 2bc cos a. 
 Also state any application you have made of this formula. 
 
 8. In a triangle given A = 32°, a = 40, 6 = 50, to find 
 one solution of the triangle. Is there more than one? If so, 
 how do you recognize the fact?
 
 146 TRIGONOMETRY. 
 
 September, 1883. 
 
 1. Express an angle of 75° in radians. 
 
 2. Express each of the functions of ( - + a j by a function 
 of a. ^^ ^ 
 
 3. Form a general expression for all angles which have 
 the same cosine. 
 
 4. What must the value of the cosine be in order that the 
 tangent may be n times the sine? 
 
 5. To find a formula for the tangent of the sum of two 
 angles in terms of the tangents of the angles ; and from this 
 formula to derive an expression for the tangent of twice an 
 angle in terms of the tangent of the angle. 
 
 6. In a triangle ABC, given the angle A= 118° 04', and 
 the adjacent sides, &= 9G0, and c = 1686, to find the remain- 
 ing angles and side of the triangle.
 
 LATIN. 147 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 Julj-, 18S0. 
 
 I. Translate as literally as possible : — 
 
 a. Qnum oa ita siut, tamcn, si obsides ab iis sibi den- 
 tin-, uti ea, quae polliceantnr, factnros intelligat, et si 
 Aeduis de injuriis. qnas ipsis sociisque eorum intulerint, 
 item si Allobrogibus satisfaciant, sese cum iis pacem esse 
 
 5 factm-nm. Divico respondit : Ita Helvetios a majoribus 
 suis iustitutos esse, iiti obsides accipere, non dare, con- 
 sueriut ; ejus rei populum Romanum esse tesfem. 
 
 h. Ibi vadis repertis partem suarura copiarum trans- 
 ducerc conati simt, co cousilio, uti, si posseat, eastellum, 
 
 10 cui praeerat Quiutus Titurius legatus, expuguarent, pon- 
 temque interscindereut ; si minus potuissent, agros Re- 
 morum popularentur, qui magno nobis tisni ad l)ellura 
 gereudum erant, commeatuque nostros prohibereut. 
 
 c. Impeditis hostibus propter ea, quae ferebant, ouera, 
 
 15 subito quabus portis eruptionem fieri jubet. Factum est 
 opportuuitate loci, hostium inscientia ac defatigatione, 
 virtute militum, et superiorem pugnarum exercitatione, ut 
 ne uuum quidem nostrorum irapetum ferreat ac statim 
 terga verterent. 
 
 20 d. Dum in his locis Caesar navimn parandarum causa 
 moratur, ex magna parte Moriuorum ad eum legati vene- 
 runt, qui se de superioris temporis consilio exousarent, 
 quod homines barbari et nostrao consuetadmis imperiti 
 bellura populo Romano fecissent, seque ea, quae impc- 
 
 25 rasset, facturos pollicereutur. 
 
 e. Britanniae pars interior ab iis incolitur, quos natos 
 in insula ipsi memoria prodititm dicunt ; maritima pars 
 ab iis, qui praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgis 
 transieraut ; qui oumes fere iis nominibus civitatum ap-
 
 14y LATIN'. 
 
 30 pellantnr, quilnis orti ex civitatibus eo pcrvcucrunl, et, 
 bello illato, ibi porinauserunt atcpie agros colore coepc- 
 runt. 
 
 /. Aiiibiorix copias suas Jadlcione iiou conduxerit, 
 quod proclio diraicandura non cxistimarit, an tempore 
 
 35 cxclusus ct rcpeutino equitum advcntu prohibitum., quuia 
 r.'liquum exercltmn subsequi crederet, dubium est ; sed 
 certe dimissis per agros uuntiis sibi quemquc cousulerc 
 jussit. 
 
 II. 1. Decline obskles (1), majoribus (5), loci (IG). 
 
 2. Compare imj^eriti (23), interior (26), certe (37). 
 
 3. "Write the synopsis, active and passive, of intelligat (2). 
 
 4. State the mood and tense of the following : consuerint 
 (G), praeerat (10), ferrent (18), imjjerasset (24), existi- 
 marit (34). 
 
 5. Give the principal parts of the following : 2^^^^ic<^(^i'i'tur 
 (2), repertis (8), inter scinderent (11), gerendum (13), verte- 
 rent (19), incolitur (2G), 07ii (30), colere (31), cxistimarit 
 (34), exclusus (3.1), crederet (3G), considere (37). 
 
 6. State the construction of all italicized words. 
 
 7. Define indirect statement {oratio obliqua), and quote 
 an example from the above text. 
 
 8. Convert into direct statement (oratio directa) the 
 example quoted in answer to question seventh. 
 
 September, 1880. 
 
 I. Translate as literally as possible : — 
 
 a. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit ; reperit esse vera : 
 Ipsum esse Dumnorigem, summa andacia, magna apud 
 plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidum rerum 
 novarum : complures aniios portoria reliquaque omnia
 
 LATIN. 149 
 
 5 Ac(lu()i-uin vcctigalia parvo jiretio rodempta habere, 
 propterca quod, illo liecnte, contra liceri audeat nemo. 
 
 b. Quum ab his quaereret, quae civitatcs, quautaequo 
 in armis essent ct quid in bello posscnt, sic reperiebat: 
 Pleroscpie Belgas c^sc ortos ab Gerraanis, Rhcnumquc 
 
 10 antiquitns transductos propter loci fertilitateni ibi consc- 
 disse, Gallosque, qui ea loca incolercnt, expulisse. 
 
 c. His rebus gestis, quum oniin!)us do caiisis Caesar 
 pacatam Galliam existimaret, superatis Bolgis, expulsis 
 Germauis, victis iu Alpibus Sedunis, atque ita inita 
 
 1.5 liieme in lUyricum prof'ectus esset, quod eas quoque 
 natioiies adire et regioues cognoscere volebat, subituia 
 bellum iu Gallia coortum est. 
 
 d. Germauico bello coufecto, inultis de causis Caesar 
 statuit sihi Rheuum esse trauseuudum ; quarum ilia fuit 
 
 20 justissima, quod, quum videret Germauos tarn facile im- 
 pelli, ut in Galliam venirent, suis quoque rehws eos timere 
 voluit, quum iutelligerent et posse et audere populi 
 Romani e.vercitam Rheuum transire. 
 
 e. Utuntur aut ao-e aut taleis ferreis ad certum poudus 
 25 examiuatis pro nummo. Nascitur ilii plumbum album in 
 
 mediterraneis regionibus, in maritiuiis ferricm., sed ejus 
 exigna est copia ; acre utuntur importato. Materia 
 cujusque generis, ut in Gallia, est, praeter fagum atque 
 abieteni. 
 
 30 /. Ac fuit antea terapus, quum Germauos Galli virtnte 
 superareut, ultro bella inferreut, propter hominum multi- 
 tudinem agrique inopiam trans Rheuum colonias initte- 
 rent. Itaque ea, quae fertilissima Germaniae sunt, loea 
 circum Hercyniam silvam, Volcae Tectosages, occupave- 
 
 35 runt atque ibi consederuut. 
 
 II. 1. Decline vectir/cdia (5), ea (11), lueme (lo). 
 
 2. Compare parvo (o), facile (20), fertilissima (33).
 
 150 LATIN. 
 
 3. AVrite the synopsis, active and passive, of habere (o). 
 
 4. State the mood and tense of the following : reperit ( 1 ) , 
 audeat (6), videret (20), superarent (31), inferrent (31). 
 
 5. Give the principal parts of the following : quaerit (1), 
 reperit (1), audeat (6), incolerent (11), coortum (17), con- 
 fecto (18), impelli (20-21), videret (20), intelligerent (22), 
 nascitur (25), consederunt (35). 
 
 6. State the construction of all italicized words. 
 
 7. Define indirect statement {oratio obliqua), and quote 
 an example from the above text. 
 
 8. Convert into direct statement (oratio di recta) the 
 example quoted in answer to (question seventh. 
 
 June, 1881. 
 
 I. Translate as literally as possible : — 
 
 a. Ei legatioui Ariovistus respondit : Si quid ipsi a 
 Caesare opw.s esset, sese ad cum venturum fuisse ; si quid 
 ille se velit, ilium ad se venire oportere. Praetcrea se 
 neque sine exercitu in eas partes Galliae venire audere, 
 
 5 quas Caesar possideret, neque exercitum sine magno 
 commeatu atque molimento in unum locum contrahere 
 posse. 
 
 b. Hac re statim Caesar per specnlatores cognita, in- 
 sidias vcritus, quod, qua de causa discederent, nondum 
 
 10 perspexerat, exercitum equitatumque castris continuit. 
 Prima luce, confirmata re ab exploratoribus, omnem 
 equitatum, qui novissimum agmen moraretur, praemisit. 
 
 c. Erant ejusmodi (ere situs oppidoruin, ut posita in 
 extremis lingulis promontoriisque, neque pedibus aditum 
 
 15 haberent, quum ex alto .se aestus incitavisset, quod bis 
 accidit semper horarura viginti quattuor spatio, neque 
 navibus, quod rursus miuueute aestu naves in vadis 
 afflictareutur.
 
 LATIN. 
 
 151 
 
 d. Quod ulii Caesar compevit, omnibus his rebus con- 
 20 fectis, quarum i-erum causa transclucerc cxcrcitum con- 
 
 stituerat, ut Gcrmams mctum injicerct, ut Sigambros 
 ulcisceretur, ut Ubios obsidione liberaret, diebus omnino 
 decern et octo trans Rlienura consumptis, satis ct ad 
 laudem et ad utilitatcm profectum arbitratus, se in Galliam 
 25 recepit pontemque reseidit. 
 
 e. Nostri, acritcr in eos inipetu facto, repulerunt, ncque 
 finem sequendi fecerunt, quoad siibsklio confisi equitcs, 
 quum post se legiones viderent, praecipites hostes egerunt, 
 magnoque eorum numero interfecto, neque sui coUigcMidi 
 
 30 ueque consistendi aut ex essedis desiliendi facultatem 
 
 dederunt. 
 /. At in ejusmodi diflicnltatibus, quantum diligentia 
 
 provideri poterat, provitleliatur, ut potius in uoccndo 
 
 aliquid praetermittcretur, etsi omnium animi ad ulciscen- 
 35 dum ardebant, quam cum aliquo milituni dctrimento 
 
 noceretur. 
 
 II. 1. Decline situs (13), pedihus (14), vadis (17). 
 
 2. Compare pr/ma (11), acriter {2^)^ potius (33). 
 
 3. AVrite the s^-nopsis, active and passive, of perspex- 
 erat (10). 
 
 4. State the mood and tense of the following : velit (3), 
 moraretiir (12), accidit (IG), viderent (28), dederunt (31). 
 
 5. Give the principal parts of the following : respon- 
 d«'i(l), audere (4), contraliere (6), veritus (9), continuit (10), 
 moraretur {\2)^i)osita (13), comperit (19), idcisceretur (22), 
 recepit (25), reseidit (25), conjisi (27). 
 
 6. State the construction of all italicized words. 
 
 7. Define indirect statement (oratio obliqua), and quote 
 an example from the above text. 
 
 8. Convert into direct statement (oratio directa) the 
 example quoted in answer to question seventh.
 
 152 LATIN. 
 
 September, 1881. 
 
 I. Traushite as literally as possiI)le : — 
 
 a. Eodem die ah exploratorilnis certior factus hostes 
 sill) inoiite coiisedisse inillia pdsstium ab ipsius castris 
 octo, qualis esset uatura moiitis et qiialis in circuitii 
 aseensus, qui cognoscerent, misit. Renuntiatiun est, 
 
 5 facilem esse. Do tertia vigilia Tituin Labieuum, legatiim 
 pro praetore, cum duabus legiouibus et iis diieibus, qui 
 iter cognoverant, summum jngum inoutis ascendere jubet. 
 
 b. Hoc proelio facto et prope ad iuterneciouein gente 
 ac nomine Nervioruni redacto, majores nafn, quos una 
 
 10 cum pueris niulieribus(iue in (testuaria ac paludes coUectos 
 dixeramus, hac pugna nuntiata, quuni victorihus nihil 
 impeditum, victis nihil tutuui arbitrarentur, omnium, qui 
 supercrant, consensu legatos ad Caesarem miserunt seque 
 ei dediderunt. 
 
 15 c. Ilostes undique circumventi, desperatis omnibus 
 rebus, se per munitioncs dejicere ct fuga salutem petere 
 intenderunt. Quos equitatus apertissimis campis consee- 
 tatus, ex millium quinquaginta numero, quae ex Aquitania 
 Cautabrisque convenisse constabat, vix quarta pai'te 
 
 20 relicta, multa node se in castra recepit. 
 
 d. Reliquura exercitum Quiuto Titurio Sabino ct Lucio 
 Aurunculeio Cottae, legatis, iu INIenapios atque in eos 
 pagos Moriuornm, ab quibns ad eum legati non venerant, 
 ducendum dedit. Publium Sulpicinm Rufum legatnm, 
 
 2") cum CO praesidio quod satis esse arl)itrabatur, portuni 
 tencre jussit. 
 
 e. Equites hostium essedariitiu;; acriter proelio cum 
 cquitatu nostro in itincre conllixonuit, ita tamen ut nostri 
 omnibus partihns su[)erioivs fuerint atque eos in silvas col- 
 
 'M lesque compulerint; sed, conqihuibus interfcctis, eupidius 
 insecuti uonnullos ex suis amiseruut.
 
 LATIN. 15C 
 
 /. Cum his osso liospiLium Ambiorigi sciebat ; item per 
 
 Trcviros venisse German's in amicitiiim cognoverat. Ilacc 
 
 prius //// detrahenda auxilia existimabat, qnam ip.su m 
 
 35 bello lacesseret ; ne desperata salute aut se iu Meuapios 
 
 abderet, aut cuiu Trausrheuauis conii'vedi eogeretur. 
 
 II. 1. Decliue millUi (2), dacibus [()) , JiK/niti (7). 
 
 2. Compare snmmum (7), latum (12), capidius (30). 
 
 3. Write the synopsis, active and passive, oH 7)usU (4). 
 
 4. State tlie mood and tense of the following: sirper- 
 erant (13), intenderunt (17), recepit (20), tenere (26), com- 
 piderint (30). 
 
 5. Give the principal parts of the following: ascenders 
 (7), redacto (9), dedidcnuit (H), dejicere (16), jjetere (16), 
 relicta (20), covjilxerunt (28), compiderint (30), detrahi'nda 
 (34), lacesseret (35), abderet (36), congredi (36). 
 
 6. State the construction of all italicized Avords. 
 
 . 7. Define indirect statement {oratio obliqua), and quote 
 an example from the above text. 
 
 8. Convert into direct statement (oratio directa) the 
 example quoted in answer to question seventh. 
 
 June, 1882. 
 
 I. Translate as litcrall}' as possible : — 
 
 a. Relinquebatur una per Sequanos via, qua, Sequanis 
 invitis, propter angustias ire non poterant. His (pmm 
 sua sponte persuadcre non posscMit. legates ad Duiiinori- 
 gem Aeduum mittunt, ut eo deprecatore a Sequanis 
 
 5 impetrarent. 
 
 b. Nam quod ad hostes appropinquabat, consuetudine 
 sua Caesar sex legiones expeditas ducebat : post cas
 
 154 LATIN. 
 
 totiiis exorcitus iinpedinienta coUocariit : iiule diiae le- 
 giones, quae proxime conscriptae erant, totuin agmeu 
 
 10 claudebant jjme.s/rfo^^e impedimevtis erant. 
 
 c. Kraut hae diffleultates belli r/ereiirh\ quas supra 
 ostendimus, sed multa Caesarem tanien ad id helium 
 incitabant : injuriae retentorum equitum Romanorum, 
 rebellio facta post dcHlitionein, defectio datis obsidibus, 
 
 13 tot fivitatum eonjuratio, imprimis, ue hac parte uegleeta, 
 reliquae nationes sibi idem licere arbitrareutur. 
 
 cl. Diebus decem, quibus materia coepta erat compor- 
 tari, omni opere effecto, exercitus transducitur. Caesar 
 ad utraraque partem poutis firmo praesidio relicto, in fines 
 
 20 Sigambrorum coutendit. Interim a compluribus civitati- 
 bus ad eum legati veniunt, quibus paeem atque amicitiam 
 petentibus liberaliter respoudit obsidesque ad se adduci 
 jubet. 
 
 e. Tunc duces prineipesque Nerviorum, qui aliquom 
 
 25 serraonis aditum causamque amicitiae cum Cicerone 
 habebant, colloqui sese velle dicunt. Facta potestate, 
 eadem, quae Ambiorix cum Titurio egerat, commemo- 
 rant : Omnem esse in armis Galliam, Germanos Rlienum 
 transisse, Caesaris reliquoruinque liiberna oppugnari. 
 
 30 /. In omni Gallia eorum hominum, qui aliquo sunt 
 numero atque honore, genera sunt duo ; nam plebes 
 paene servorum habetur loco, quae nihil audet per se, 
 nullo adhibetur consilio. Plerique, quum aut aere alieno 
 aut magnitudinc tributorum aut injuria poteutiorum 
 
 35 premuntur, sese in servitutem clicaut nobilibus : in hos 
 eadem omnia sunt jura, quae dominis in servos. 
 
 II. 1. Decline /out (1), Sequanis (1), deprecatore (4). 
 
 2. Compare proxime (9), multa (12), firmo (19). 
 
 3. Write the synopsis, active and passive, of relinque- 
 hatur (1).
 
 LATIN. 155 
 
 4. State the mood aiul tense of the follow ino- : impetra- 
 rent (5), collocarat (8), ostendirmis (12), coutendit (20), 
 egerat (27). 
 
 5. Give the principal parts of the followini;; : persiiadere 
 (3), mittxmt (4), claudehant (10), retentoratn. (1^5), vc/jkcta 
 (IT)), respondit (22), colluqui (26), 'yeZZe (2G), ctwtZei (32), 
 adhibetnr (33), prem?m<Mj' (35), dicant (3')). 
 
 6. State the construction of all italicized words. 
 
 7. Quote (in full) from the above text an example of 
 indirect statement. 
 
 8. Change into direct statement the example quoted in 
 answer to question seventh. 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 T. Translate as literally as possible : — 
 
 a. Ob eas causas ei onunitioni, quam fecerat, Titum 
 Labienum legatum praefecit ; ipse in Italiam magnis 
 itineribus contendit duasque ibi legiones eonseribit, et 
 tres, quae circum Aquileiam hiemabaut, ex hibernis 
 
 "> educit ; et qua proximum iter in ulteriorem Galliam per 
 Alpes erat, cum his quinque legiouibus ire contendit. 
 
 b. Quum se illi identidein in silvas ad suos reciperent 
 ac rursus ex silva in nostros impetum facerent, neque 
 nostri longius, quam quern ad finem porrecta loca aperta 
 
 10 pi'rtinebant, cedentes insequi auderent ; interim legiones 
 sex, quae primae venerant, 02)ere dimenso castra munire 
 coeperunt. 
 
 c. Itaque Titum Labienum legatum in Treviros, qui 
 proximi flumini Rheno sunt, cum equitatu mittit. Iluic 
 
 15 mandat, Remos reliquosque Belgas adeat atque in officio 
 contineat, Germauosque, qui auxilio a Belgis arcessiti 
 dieebantur, si [)er vim navibus flumen transire conentur, 
 prohibeat.
 
 156 LATIN. 
 
 cl. Ipse cuin omnil)us eoj)iis in Morinos ijrofieiscitur, 
 20 quod iude erat brevissimus in Britanniam trajectus. Hue 
 naves uudique ex finitimis regionibus ct, quani superiore 
 aestate ad Venetieum belhun effecerat, classem jubet con- 
 venire. 
 
 e. Cicero ad haec uuuni niodo respondit : Non esse 
 25 consuetudineni populi Romani accipere ab hoste armato 
 
 conditionem : si ab armis discedere velint, se adjutore 
 utantur Icgatosque ad Caesarem mittant : sperare pro 
 ejus justitia, quae petierint, impetraturos. 
 
 f. Nam fere de omnibus controversiis publieis priva- 
 30 tisque constiLuunt ; et si quod est admissum fueinus, si 
 
 caedes facta, si de haercditate, de finibus controversia 
 est, iidem decernuut ; praemia poenasque constituunt. 
 Si qui aut privatus aut populus eorum decreto non stetit, 
 sacrijiclis iuterdicuut. Haec poena apud eos est gravis- 
 35 sima. 
 
 II. 1. Decline muidtioni (1), hibernis (4), ei (1). 
 
 2. Compare nlteriorem (5),p?-tmae (11), superiore (21). 
 
 3. Write the synopsis, active and passive, of conscri- 
 Ut (3). 
 
 4. State tlie mood and tense of the following : contendit 
 (G), reaperent (7), auderent (10), conentur (17), velint ('2G). 
 
 5. Give the princii)al i):irts of the following : praefecit 
 (2), contendit (G), porrecta (9), cuiderent (10), dintenso (11), 
 conentur (\1), jubet (22), petierint (28), constituunt (30), 
 decermuit (32), stetit (33), interdicnnt (34). 
 
 G. State the con.structi(jn of all italicized words. 
 
 7. Quote (in full) from the above text an example of 
 indirect statement. 
 
 8. Change into direct statement the example ([uoted in 
 answer to question seventh.
 
 LATIN. 157 
 
 June, 1883. 
 I. Translate as literally as possible : — 
 
 a. Ubi de ejus adventii Helvetii certiores facti sunt, 
 legates ad eiini luittnnt, uobilissimos civitatis, cujus lega- 
 tionis Nameiiis et Verudoctius principem locum obtine- 
 bant, qui dicerent, sihi esse in animo sine ullo malotieio 
 5 iter per provinciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter 
 habereut nullum. 
 
 6. Temporis tanta fuit exiguitas hostiumque tam paratus 
 ad dimicandura animus, ut nou modo ad insignia accom- 
 modauda, sed etiam ad galeas induendas scutisque tegi- 
 10 menta detrudenda tenipus defuerit. Quam quisque ab 
 opere in partem casu devenit, quaeque prima signa con- 
 spexit, ad baec constitit, ne in quaereudis suis pugnaudi 
 tempus dimitteret. 
 
 c. Hac re perspecta, Crassus, quum sua cunctatione 
 15 atque opinioue timoris hostes nostros milites alacriores ad 
 pugnandum cffecissent, atque oniiiium voces audirentur, 
 exspectari diutius nou oportare, quin ad castra iretur, co- 
 hortatus suos, ouuiibus cupieutibus, ad hostium castra 
 contendit. 
 
 20 d. Genus hoc est ex essedis pugnae : primo per omnes 
 partes perequitant et tela conjiciunt, atque ipso ferrore 
 equorum et strepitu rotarum ordines plerumque i)ertur- 
 bant, et quum se inter equitum tnnnas insinuaverunt, ex 
 essedis desiliunt etpedibus proeliantur. 
 
 25 e. Qua re animadversa, Ambiorix pronuntiari jubet, ut 
 procul tela coujieiant, neu propius accedant, et quam in 
 partem Roman i impetum fecerint, oedant (levitate armo- 
 rum et quotidiana exercitatione nihil iis noceri posse), 
 rursus se ad signa recipientes iusequautur.
 
 158 LATIN. 
 
 30 /. VA-at aogov in praesidio relictus Pnblius Sextius 
 Bacillus, qui prinium piluui ad Caesareni duxerat, cujus 
 montioiu'in sui)i'ilorihus proL'liis feeinius, ac diom jam 
 quintain cibo caiueiat. Hie dittisus suae atque omnium 
 saluti inermis ex tabei'naculo prodit : videt imminere hos- 
 
 35 tes atque in summo esse rem discrimiue : capit arma a 
 proximis atque iu porta cousistit. 
 
 II. 1. Decline adventu (1) , principem (3), ullo (4). 
 
 2. Compare certiores (1), nobilissimos {2), prima (11). 
 
 3. Write the sj'nopsis, active and passive, of mittimt (2). 
 
 4. Parse iu full each word in the last two lines of pas- 
 sage 6. 
 
 5. Give the principal parts of the following : obtinebant 
 (3), detruclenda (10), effecissent (16), oportere (17), iretur 
 (17), contendit (19), conjiciunt (21), deslliunt (24), cedant 
 (27), noceri (28), relictus (30), diffisus (33). 
 
 6. State the construction of all italicized Avords. 
 
 7. Quote (in full) from the above text an example of 
 indirect statement. 
 
 8. Change into direct statement the example quoted in 
 answer to question seventh. 
 
 September, 1883. 
 
 I. Translate as literally as possible : — 
 
 a. Is ita cum Caesare agit : Si pacem populus Romanus 
 cum Ilelvotiis faceret, in cam partem ituros atque ibi 
 futuros Ilelvetios, ubi eos Caesar coustituisset atque esse
 
 LATIN. 159 
 
 voluisset ; sin bello persequi perseveraret, reminisceretur 
 5 et veteris incommodi populi Komani et pristiuae virtutis 
 Helvetiorura, 
 
 6. Caesar quum septimam legionem, quae jnxta consti- 
 terat, item ursjeri ab lioste vidisset, tribunos militum 
 mouuit, ut paulatira sese legiones conjungerent et con- 
 10 versa signa in hostes inferrent. Quo facto, quum alius 
 alii subsidium ferrent, ncque timereut ne aversi ab hoste 
 circumvenirentur, audacius resistere ac fortius pugnare 
 coeperunt. 
 
 c. Una erat magno usid res praeparata a nostris, falees 
 15 praeacutae, insertae affixaeque longnriis, non absimili 
 
 forma muviilim-n falcium. His quura funcs, qui antennas 
 ad malos destinabant, comprehensi adductique erant, 
 navigio remis incitato praerumpebautur. 
 
 d. Caesar questus, quod, quum ultro iu continentem 
 20 legatis missis pacem ab se petissent, bellum sine causa 
 
 intulissent, ignoscere imprudentiae dixit obsidesque im- 
 peravit ; quorum illi partem statim dederunt, partem ex 
 longinquioribus locis arcessitam paucis diebus sese datu- 
 ros dixerunt. 
 
 25 e. His circumventis, magna manu Eburones, Nervii, 
 Aduatuci atque horum omnium soeii et clientcs legionem 
 oppugnare incipiunt : nostri ccleriter ad arnia concunnnt, 
 vallum conscendunt. Aegre is dies sustentatur, quod 
 omnem spem hostes in celeritate pouebant atque banc 
 
 30 adepti victoriam in perpetnum se fore victores conlidebant. 
 
 /. Multum quum in omnibus rebus, turn in re militari 
 potest fortuna. Nam sicut magno accidit casu, ut in 
 ipsum incautum etiam atcjue iinparatum incideret, priusque 
 ejus adventus ab hominibus videretur, quam fama aut
 
 160 LATIN. 
 
 35 nuntius afferretur ; sic magnae fuit fortunae omni railitari 
 instrumento,, quod circum se habebat, erepto, rhedis equis- 
 que compreheusis, ipsura effugere mortem. 
 
 II. 1. Decline hello (4), veteris (o), alius (10). 
 
 2. Compare veteris (5), audacius (12), fortius (12). 
 
 3. Write the synopsis, active and passive, of agit (1). 
 
 4. Parse in full each word in the last two lines of pas- 
 sage d. 
 
 5. Give the principal parts of the following: voluisset 
 (4), persequi (4), reminisceretur (4), inferrent (10), aversi 
 (11), insertae {\b) , compn'liPnM {\1) ^ jiraerHmpehantur (18), 
 questus (19), pe^isseni (20), adepti (30), erepto (3G). 
 
 6. State the construction of all italicized words. 
 
 7. Quote (in full) from the above text an illustration 
 of indirect statement. 
 
 8. Convert into direct statement the example quoted in 
 answer to question seventh.
 
 LATIN EXERCISES. 
 
 IGl 
 
 LATIN EXERCISES. 
 July, 1880. 
 
 1. The Helvetians' move- (tlieir) eainp'' from^ this' phicc*"'. 
 
 2. Caesar does^ the same'' (thing). 
 
 3. Caesar sends-forwarcP alP" (his) cavahy". 
 
 4. The cavalry was sent-forward b}'^ Cfiesar. 
 
 5. Ciesar will move (his) camp aud'^ send-forward all 
 (his) cavalry. 
 
 6. The Helvetians having moved (their) camp'^, Caesar 
 did the same (thing). 
 
 7. Caesar said" he would move his camp. 
 
 8. (Re-write sentence seventh so as to illustrate direct 
 statement.) 
 
 9. The Helvetians say: "The Roman'" people'' is a wit- 
 ness'^" 
 
 10. (Re-write sentence ninth so as to illustrate indirect 
 statement.) 
 
 1 Helvetius. 
 
 " facere. 
 
 13 que. 
 
 2 movere. 
 
 8 idem. 
 
 1* use subjunctive with quum. 
 
 8 castra. 
 
 9 praeraittere. 
 
 15 dicere. 
 
 4 ex. 
 
 If* omnis. 
 
 16 Romanus. 
 
 5 is. 
 
 11 equitatus. 
 
 1" populus. 
 
 6 locus. 
 
 12 a. 
 
 18 testis. 
 
 September, 1880. 
 
 1 . Labienus' fortifies^ the camp'^. 
 
 2. The camp is fortified by^ Labienus. 
 
 3. Labienus set-out' against" the cnemy^. 
 
 4. Labienus ascertained* the design^ of the enemy (plural). 
 
 5. Labienus, having ascertained'" the design of the enemy 
 (plural), fortifies (his) camp.
 
 102 LATIX EXERCISES. 
 
 6. Labieuus set-out with'" five" coliorts'-. 
 
 7. Labieniis saicV^ he would set-out with five cohorts. 
 
 8. (Re-write sentence seventh so as to ilhistrate direct 
 statement.) 
 
 9. Labienus says: "I will move" the camp at da}'- 
 break'''." 
 
 10. (Re-write sentence ninth so as to illustrate indirect 
 statement.) 
 
 1 Labieuus. " hostis. i^ cobors. 
 
 2 commuuire. ^ cognoscere. ^^ dicere. 
 
 8 castra. ^ consilium. i* movere. 
 
 ■* a. 1" cum. 1* prima lux. 
 
 5 proficisci. i^ quiuque. i° use ablative absolute. 
 
 6 contra. 
 
 June, 1881. 
 
 1 . The horsemen' of Ariovistus hurl' stones^ and'* darts^ at^ 
 the Romans. 
 
 2. Stones and darts are hurled at the Romans by the horse- 
 men of Ariovistus. 
 
 3. It was reported' to Caesar (that) the horsemen of 
 Ariovistus were hurling stones and darts at the Romans. 
 
 4. (Re- write sentence third so as to illustrate direct state- 
 ment.) 
 
 f). It was reported to Caesar (that) the horsemen of Ario- 
 vistus had hmled stones and javelins at the Romans. 
 
 6. (Re-write sentence fifth so as to illustrate direct state- 
 ment. ) 
 
 7. Wlicu^ it JKul been I'cportod to Caesar (that) the horse- 
 men of Ariovistus were luuling stones and javelins at the 
 Romans, he made'-* an end'" of speaking". 
 
 1 eques. ^ tolum. ^ facere. 
 
 2 conjicere. ^ in. i" finis. 
 * lapis. "i uuntiare. " loqui. 
 ■* que. ^ riiuini, witb subjunctive.
 
 LATIN EXERCISES. 103 
 
 SeptomlxM-, ISSl. 
 
 1. The Ubii' kill- a grout' luinibor^ of the Siievi^ 
 
 2. A great iiuiiiher of the Suevi :ire killed by the Ubii. 
 
 3. The Ultii pui'sucd" the terrilied' Suevi. 
 
 4. The terrilied Suevi were pursued by the Ubii. 
 
 5. The Ubii, having pursued the terrified Suevi, killed a 
 great number of them. 
 
 (). It was reported^ to Cffisar (that) the Ubii had killed a 
 great number of the Suevi. 
 
 7. (Re-write sentenee sixth so as to illustrate direct state- 
 ment.) 
 
 8. It was reported to Cffisar (that) the Ubii were pursuing 
 the Suevi. 
 
 9. (Re-write sentence eighth so as to illustrate direct state- 
 ment.) 
 
 1 Ubii. 
 
 * Humerus. 
 
 ' Iicrterritus, 
 
 2 occidere. 
 
 5 Suevi. 
 
 '^ uuutiare. 
 
 <* uiayuus. 
 
 6 iiisequi. 
 
 
 June, 1882. 
 
 1. The Helvetians^ send- embassadors'' to'* Dumnorix'. 
 
 2. Embassadors are sent to Dumnorix by the Helvetians. 
 
 3. The Helvetians were not" able'^ to persuade*^ the Se- 
 quiiui'-'. 
 
 4. The Helvetians say'" (tliat) they arc not able to per- 
 suade the Scquani. 
 
 .0. (Re-write sentenee fourth in such a manner as to illus- 
 trate direct statement.) 
 
 (!. The Helvetians said: "• AVe are unable to persuade the 
 Sequani."
 
 104 LATIN EXERCISES. 
 
 7. (Rc-writc sentence sixth in such a manner as to ilkistrate 
 indirect statement.) 
 
 1 Ilulvetins. ^ Duniiiorix. 8 persuadere (governs dative). 
 
 - mittorc. ^ non. ^ Sequaims. 
 
 3 legatus. '' posse. i" diccre. 
 * ad. 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 1. CiL'sar leads-forth' three" legions'' from' \viutt'r-(Hiarters"'. 
 
 2. Three legions are led-forth from \vinter-(ju;iiti'rs l»y 
 Csxisar. 
 
 3. Caesar said" he would lead-forth three legions IVoin 
 winter-quarters. 
 
 4. (Re-write sentence third in such amauucr as to illustrale 
 direct statement.) 
 
 T). Ctesar said: "I liave led-forth three legions from 
 winter-quarters." 
 
 (!. (Re-write sentence fifth in sucli a manner as to illus- 
 trate indirect statement.) 
 
 7. CjEsar, having-hastened' into** Italy", led forth three 
 legions from winter-quarters. 
 
 1 ediu'cre. * ex. "^ contendere (use pluperf. subj. with rjuio))). 
 
 2 tres. ^ hiberna. ^ ju. 
 
 3 legio. " dicere. ^ Italia. 
 
 June, 1883. 
 
 1. The envoys' come- to" Cffisar.* 
 
 2. The envoys will come to Cnesar. 
 
 3. Caesar sends Imck ' tlie envoys imnu'dintely.'' 
 
 4. Tlic envoys were iinniediately sent back by C<Tsar. 
 
 f). The envoys, wlio' came to Ciosar, were inunediately 
 sent back.
 
 LATIN EXERCISES. 165 
 
 6. If* the envoys had conic to Caesar, they would have 
 been immediately sent baclv. 
 
 7. Caisar fornis^ the design"' of sending back tlie envoys. 
 (Use gerundive construction.) 
 
 8. (Rewrite sentence seventli, and use gerund instead of 
 geruudive.) 
 
 9. It is said, " C:esar has sent back the envoys." 
 
 10. (Rewrite sentence nintli so as to eniplo}' indirect 
 statement.) 
 
 1 ]ei;iitus. 3 ad. ^ roniittere. '' qui. ^ capere. 
 
 2 veuire. * Gaasar. ^ statiiu. ^ gj. lo consilium. 
 
 September, 1883. 
 
 1. The Helvetians! burn- four hundred" villages.'* 
 
 2. Four hundred villages are burned by the Helvetians. 
 
 3. The Helvetians will burn four hundred villages. 
 
 4. Four hundred villages will be bnrned by the Helvetians. 
 
 5. C:i}>ar'' says" (that) the Helvetians have burned four 
 hundred villages. 
 
 6. (Rewrite sentence sixth, and substitute direct state- 
 ment.) 
 
 7. The Helvetians formed' the plan* of ])ui-ning four hun- 
 dred villages. (Use the gerundive construction.) 
 
 8. (Rewrite sentence seventh, and use gerund instead of 
 gerundive.) 
 
 9. The Helvetians say they will burn four hundred villages. 
 
 10. (Rewrite sentence uinth so as to illustrate direct 
 statement.) 
 
 1 Helvetius. 3 quadringenti. ^ Cresar. '' cajiiire. 
 
 2 incendere. * vicus. 6 dicere. » consilium.
 
 16G insTOIlY Ol' THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 July, ISSO. 
 
 1 . AYhat territory hns the United Statco acquiied by pur- 
 chase? by conquest? by annexation ? 
 
 2. State the causes of (1) the French and Iiuhan "War; 
 {■2) the Revohitiouary AVar ; (:]) the War of 1.S12. 
 
 3. Arrange the following events in the order in which they 
 occurred, with their dates : Admission of California to the 
 Union, assembling of the first Continental Congress, acquisi- 
 tion of Florida, second election of Monroe, oi)ening of the 
 J-2rie Canal, capture of Atlanta, death of Daniel Webster. 
 
 -1. What was the Wilmot Proviso? 
 
 i). AVhat Vice-Presidents were afterward elected Presidents ? 
 6. Give the names of the opposing political parties in 
 1800; in 1840; in 18G0. 
 
 Sppteiuber, 1880. 
 
 1. What territory was granted by James I. to the London 
 Company? to the Plymouth Companv? 
 
 2. Describe the settlement of Virginia. 
 
 3. Arrange the following events in the order in which thoy 
 occurred, with their dates : Surrender of Cornwallis, the 
 admission of \Vest Virginia to the Union, the Wliislcey Re- 
 lieliion. the negotiation of I\'rry's treaty witli .lapan. the 
 .•uloption of tiie Constitiilion. 
 
 I. \\'li( n ;inil where was I he Confederate ( iovernmciit 
 formed ? 
 
 ."). W'iiat was tiie Comprt^misc of ix'ii)':' 
 
 C). What President was impeacheil? What Presidents 
 were elected by thi' Federalist parly?
 
 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 167 
 
 July, 1881. 
 
 1. Wlieu and wluTc did Ihc Si);uuards make tlieir first 
 permaiiout settlement in North America? the English? the 
 French ? 
 
 2. State the causes and the results of the French and 
 Indian War. 
 
 3. Arrange the following events in the order in which they 
 occurred, with their dates : Election of John Adams, settle- 
 ment of Georgia, battle of Gettysburg, introduction of 
 slaver}', assembling of the second Continental Congress, 
 opening of the Pacific Raih'oad, annexation of Texas. 
 
 4. Sketch the career of Benjamin Franklin ; of Abraham 
 Lincoln. 
 
 5. What was the Fugitive Slave Law? 
 
 G. Who was President in 1803? in LS43? in 1873? 
 
 September, 1881. 
 
 1. Sketch the settlement founded by Roger Williams ; by 
 James Oglethorpe. 
 
 2. How were the Colonies governed before the Revolution ? 
 
 3. Arrange the following events in the order in which they 
 occurred, with their dates : Impeachment of Andrew Johnson, 
 surrender of Burgoyne, introduction of the Telegraph, Lin- 
 coln's Emancipation Proclamation, l)attle of New Orleans, 
 purchase of Louisiana, death of Washington. 
 
 4. Give the names of the o[)posing political parties in 
 1800 ; in 1868. 
 
 5. When was the Constitution adopted? 
 
 6. Sketch the administration of Monroe ; Fillmore.
 
 168 HISTOllY OF THE UNITED STATES. 
 
 Juiio, 1882. 
 
 1. Give ill chi-ouoloiiicnl onliM- the following dates : Sottle- 
 montof (leor<>ia, liucon's Ru'l)ellioii, foundation of fSt. Augus- 
 tine, battle of (ic'iinantown, admission of Kentucky, secession 
 of South Carolina. 
 
 2. Describe the settlement of Rhode Island. 
 
 3. AVhat changes were made in the French possessions 
 in America by the Treaty of Paris ? 
 
 4. When did the first Continental Congress meet, and 
 what did it do? 
 
 5. What was the Missouri Compromise? 
 
 f). "Who were the presidential candidates in l.SGO? 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 1. Give in chronologicnl order the following dates : Battle 
 of riattsl)urg, foundation of Rhode Island Colony, New 
 England Confederation, discovery of the Hudson, admission 
 of Missouri. 
 
 2. Describe the Scttlcmi'nt of Georgia. 
 
 3. When and how did the United States acquire Louis- 
 iana and Florida? 
 
 4. What were the patroons? 
 
 5. What is tlie INIonroe doctrine? 
 
 G. A\''hen and l)y what States was the Soutlicrn Con- 
 fed(!racv formed ?
 
 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES. 169 
 
 June, 1883. 
 
 1. Give iu chvonologictil order tlio following dates: La 
 Salle's exploration of the Mis.si.ssip[)i; Battle of the Braud}'- 
 wine ; presidencies of John C^uijicy Adams, Van Buren, 
 Taylor; King Philip's "War; Frobisher's first voyage ; Set- 
 tlement of Jamestown. 
 
 2. Describe the settlement of New York, and explain the 
 origin of its name. 
 
 3. Show the difference between royal, proprietary, and 
 charter colonies. 
 
 4. Give, with their dates, the principal events that led to 
 the revolt of the colonies from the passage of the Stamp Act 
 to the battle of Lexington. 
 
 5. What were the Virginia and Kentucky resolutions, and 
 by what were the}^ occasioned ? 
 
 6. State the causes and the general results of the Mexican 
 War. 
 
 September, 1883. 
 
 1. Give in chronological order the following dates : Battle 
 of Lundy's Lane ; settlement of IMaryland ; invasion of 
 JNIexico; trials for AVitcheraft at .Salem; presidencies of 
 Polk, Buchanan, Jackson ; emancipation of the slaves. 
 
 2. Give an account of the foundation of the Connecticut 
 and New Haven Colonies. 
 
 3. When, for what purpose, and on what terms was the 
 New England Confederation formed? 
 
 4. Give the date, causes, and results of the French and 
 Indian War. 
 
 5. When was the treaty of Ghent made, and what were 
 its provisions? 
 
 6. Give an account of the compromise of 1850, and the 
 questions which it was intended to settle.
 
 170 GEOGKAI'UV. 
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 July, 18S(). 
 
 1. Bound the State of Mississii)i)i ; ikuik' its largei* cities, 
 and tell how they are situated. 
 
 2. Where is the Cape of Ciood Hope ; Cape May ; Cape St. 
 Lucas ; Cape Kaee ? 
 
 3. What countries of America border on the Pacilic Ocean ? 
 
 4. Where does the River Rhine rise, run, and empty, and 
 what countries does it touch ? 
 
 5. Wliat countries of Europe touch the Mediterranean 
 Sea? 
 
 6. Where are the following cities: ]Mell>oiniu', ^Milwaukee, 
 Havre, Valparaiso, Cairo? 
 
 September, 1880. 
 
 1. Bound the State of Virginia; wliat are some of its 
 larger cities, and how are they situated? and wliat arc some 
 of the principal rivers in it or on its borders ? 
 
 2. AVhat States (of the U.S.) border on the (UiU of 
 Mexico? name them in tlieir order, beginning witli Texas. 
 
 3. Where does tlie INIissouri River rise ? describe the 
 direction of its course ; what States and Territories does it 
 pass through or toucli ? 
 
 4. Where are the following European cities, and how are 
 they situated : Bremen, Venice, Cologne, Havre, Hamburgh? 
 
 5. Where are the Aleutian Islands? the Azores? the Ber- 
 mudas? the Philippines? the Bahamas? 
 
 6. Bound British In(b:i. Give the names of some of its 
 principal rivers, mountains, and cities, and tell liow each is 
 situated.
 
 GEOGRAPHY. 171 
 
 July, 1881. 
 
 1. Bound tlio State of Tennosscc ; name two cities in the 
 State, and tell how and where they are situated. 
 
 2. What States of tlie United States touch Lake Erie? 
 what large cities are situated on it, and in what States are 
 they? 
 
 3. "Where are the Cascade Mountains? what river or rivers 
 break through them ? name some peaks in them ; in what 
 States or Territories are they ? 
 
 4. "What is the Torrid Zone? about how many English 
 miles wide is it? name three cities in it, and tell where they 
 are situated. 
 
 5. "Where does the River Rhine rise? what direction does 
 it run? where does it empty, and what countries does it 
 touch? 
 
 G. "Where are the following cities: Baltiraor?, Singapore, 
 Havana, Manilla, Detroit? 
 
 September, 1881. 
 
 1. Bound the State of Missouri; name its largest city, 
 and tell liow it is situated. 
 
 2. "What States and Territories of the United States touch 
 British America or the Great Lakes through which the bound- 
 ary runs (name them in their order, beginning with Maine, 
 and passing west) ? 
 
 3. Describe the Russian Empire, its position, its capital, 
 its principal rivers. 
 
 4. "Where does the River Oronoco I'ise? what is its course? 
 where does it empt}', and what countries does it touch? 
 
 5. "Where are the following cities : Glasgow, Bombay, 
 "Valparaiso, Rochester, Bremen? 
 
 6. "What countries surround the Mediterranean Sea, and 
 where is each one located ?
 
 172 GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 June, 1SS2. 
 
 1 . r>ound the State of Ohio ; name two cities in it, and 
 tell how the}' are situated. 
 
 2. "Where does the Rio Grande River rise? where does it 
 run and empty, and what States and Territories does it 
 touch ? 
 
 3. Where is Hindoostan? name two rivers in it, and where 
 the}' rise, which direction they run, and where the}' empty ; 
 name two cities in it, and tell how they are situated. 
 
 4. Bound Spain ; what is its capital? name two chains of 
 mountains in it, and tell their situation. 
 
 5. "Where are the following islands : Cyprus, Ceylon, Tene- 
 riffe, Trinidad, and Shetland? 
 
 G. How wide is the North Temperate Zone in English 
 
 miles ? 
 
 September, 1882. 
 
 1. Bound the State of Georgia; give the names of two 
 cities in it ; of two rivers in it ; and what mountains are 
 in it. 
 
 2. "Where are the following cities : Buffalo, Denver, Mil- 
 waukee, Memphis, Louisville, Atlanta? 
 
 3. Give the names of three seaports in South America ; 
 tell what counti'y each one is in, and how each is situated. 
 
 4. How is the Black Sea hounded? what waters are con- 
 nected with it? name two rivers that em[)ty into it, and tell 
 where they flow from. 
 
 [). Bound Morocco, and describe its position. 
 
 G. Where is Lake AVinnipeg? what river runs into it from 
 the United States? what is its outlet, and where does it emptv?
 
 GEOGilAPllY. 173 
 
 June, 18S3. 
 
 1. Bound the State of Colorado; give the names of two 
 rivers in it, and tell where they rise, run, and empty; give 
 the name of one city in it, and tell where it is situated. 
 
 2. If we travel due south from Lake Michigan to the Gulf 
 of Mexico, what States would we touch? 
 
 3. Bound France ; give the names of two rivers in it, and 
 tell where they rise, run, and empty ; give the names of two 
 cities in it, and tell where they are situated. 
 
 4. AVhere are the following cities : Santiago, Salera, 
 Singapore, Sacramento, Sydney, Savannah? 
 
 5. What States and Provinces touch Lake Erie? Give 
 the names of three rivers that empty into it, and tell where 
 they come from. 
 
 6. Give the names of four seaports in Asia, tell what 
 countries they are in, and how they are situated. 
 
 September, 1883. 
 
 1. Bound the State of Michigan, give the names of two 
 cities in it, and tell where they are situated. 
 
 2. If we travel due west from North Carolina to the 
 Pacific Coast, what States and Territories should we touch ? 
 
 3. Bound Russia ; what is its capital, and where is it situ- 
 ated ; give the name of one other city in Russia, and tell 
 where it is situated. 
 
 4. Where are the following cities : Manchester, Manila, 
 Marseilles, Madrid, Memphis, Minneapolis? 
 
 5. What countries of Africa touch the Atlantic Ocean? 
 Give their names in their order from north to south. 
 
 G. Give the names of four seaports in South America, tell 
 what countries they are in, and how they are situated.
 
 174: ENGLISH GlIAMMAR. 
 
 ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
 July, 1S80. 
 
 1. Parse the words in the following sentences : — 
 
 (a) Many were present who had no desire to change. 
 {b) The wages of sin is death. 
 
 2. Name the parts of s[)eech, with an illnstrativc example 
 of each one. 
 
 3. Inflect throughout the pronouns of the first and second 
 persons. 
 
 4. Give the principal parts of the verbs lie, lay, draw, 
 ride, thrive, set, sit, and go. 
 
 June, 1881. 
 
 1. Mention the various classes of pronouns, and give the 
 names of the pronouns belonging to each class. 
 
 2. How man}- conjugations of the verb are there, and how 
 are they distinguished ? 
 
 3. Parse the following sentence: — 
 
 The friends, upon whom he had once relied, were 
 now become his bitterest enemies ; in one alone had 
 he not been disappointed. 
 
 June, 1882. 
 
 1. Define noun and verb. 
 
 2. Name the relative pronouns. State in reference to 
 what each is used. 
 
 3. Give examples of three verbs with their principal parts 
 from each one of the two English conjugations, — tiie old 
 (or strong), and the new (or weak). 
 
 4. Parse the following : — 
 
 I here declare those whom I did accuse 
 Are innocent. 'Tis I alone am guilty.
 
 ENGLISH GllAMMAR. 175 
 
 Juno, 1883. 
 
 1. Define the subject aud theprerf/cate of a sentence. 
 
 2. Give the two methods of com ptiriiig- the adjective. 
 
 3. State the distinction existing between tlie old (or 
 strong) and the new (or weak) conjugation of the verb, and 
 give three examples of verbs of each conjugation. 
 
 4. Parse the words in the following sentence : 
 
 He, bjT whom the sword of the law is borne, is him- 
 self the law's servant, and not its master. 
 
 Press of Bcrivkk &y Smith, ii8 Purchase Street.
 
 /
 
 Books on English Literature. 
 
 Allen . 
 
 Arnold . 
 Carpenter 
 
 Church . 
 
 Craik . 
 Garnott 
 
 Introt). Price. 
 Reader's Guide to English History . . . $ .25 
 
 Ilistorj^ Topics 25 
 
 English Literature 1.50 
 
 Anglo-Saxon Grainniar GO 
 
 Eiigli.sh of tlie XlVth Century UO 
 
 Stories of the Old World 40 
 
 (Classics for Childron.) 
 
 English of Shakespeare 90 
 
 JieownW {Translation) 1.00 
 
 Harrison & Sharp : Eeowulf (Text and Glossary) .... 1.12 
 Hadsou . . . Harvard Edition of Shakespeare: — 
 
 20 Vol. Edition. Oloth, retail .... 25.00 
 10 Vol. Edition, t'luth, retail .... 20.00 
 Life, Art, and Characters of Shakespeare. 
 
 2 vols. Cloth, retail 4.00 
 
 New Scliool Sliakespeare. Cloth. Each play .45 
 Old School Shakespeare, per play ... .20 
 Expurgated Family Shakespeare .... 10.00 
 Essays on Education, English Studies, etc. .25 
 
 Three Vol. Shakespeare, per vol 1.25 
 
 Text-Book of Poetry 1.25 
 
 Tex^Book of Prose 1.25 
 
 Pamphlet St'lections, Prose and Psetry . .20 
 
 Classical Englisli Header 1.00 
 
 Hudson & Lamb: Merchant of Venice 25 
 
 (Classics for Children.) 
 
 Hunt .... Exodus and Daniel fiO 
 
 Liambert . . . Robinson Crusoe . , 35 
 
 (Classics for Cluldrcn.) 
 
 Memory Gems .30 
 
 Lounsbury . . Chaucer's Parlament of Foules 50 
 
 Minto .... Manual of English Prose Literature . . . 2.00 
 
 Sprague . . . Selections from Irving / ^^^^^^ig 25 
 
 Two Books of Pai'adise Lost, and Lycidas .45 
 
 Thoin .... Two Shakespeare Examinations 45 
 
 Yonge .... Scott's Quentin Durward 40 
 
 (Classics for Children.) 
 
 Copies sent to Teachers for Examination., with a view to 
 Introduction., on receipt of Introduction Price. 
 
 GINN, HEATH, & CO., Publishers. 
 
 NEW YOUK.
 
 GREEK BOOKS. 
 
 
 INTnOD. 
 
 rnicE. 
 
 ALLEN : 
 
 Medea of Euripides 
 
 $1.00 
 
 PLAGG : 
 
 Hellenic Orations of Demosthenes 
 
 1.00 
 
 
 Anakreonteia - - - - _ 
 
 .30 
 
 GOODWIN: 
 
 Greek Grammar - - - _ _ 
 
 1.50 
 
 
 Greek Eeader - _ _ _ _ 
 
 1.50 
 
 
 Greek Moods and Tenses - - - - 
 
 1.50 
 
 GOODWIN & WHITE: 
 
 
 
 Pirst Pour Books of Xeuophon's Anabasis, 
 
 
 
 and Vocabulary 
 
 1.50 
 
 
 Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus - 
 
 1.50 
 
 HAEDING: 
 
 Greek Conditional Sentences - - . 
 
 .05 
 
 KEEP: 
 
 Essential Uses of the Moods in Greek and Latin 
 
 .25 
 
 LEIGHTON : 
 
 New Greek Lessons . - . _ 
 
 1.20 
 
 LIDDELL & SCOTT : Greek Lexicon. Unabridged 
 
 9.40 
 
 
 Abridged - 
 
 1.90 
 
 SEYMOQR: 
 
 Selected Odes of Pindar - - - - 
 
 1.40 
 
 SIDGWICK : 
 
 Greek Prose Composition - - - - 
 
 1.50 
 
 TAEEELL : 
 
 Philippics of Demosthenes - - - 
 
 1.00 
 
 TYLEE : 
 
 Selections from the Greek Lyric Poets 
 
 1.00 
 
 WHITE : 
 
 First Lessons in Greek - - - - 
 
 1.20 
 
 
 (Edipus Tyrannus of Sophocles - - - 
 
 1.12 
 
 
 Stein's Summary of the Dialect of Herodotus 
 
 .10 
 
 
 Schmidt's Ehythmic and Metric 
 
 2.50 
 
 WHITON : 
 
 Orations of Lysias - - - - - 
 
 1.00 
 
 Coj)ies sent to Teachers for Exaviination, with a view to 
 Introduction^ on receipt of Introduction Price. 
 
 GINN, HEATH, & CO., Publishers. 
 
 Ni:W YOUK.
 
 Latin Text- Books. 
 
 INTROD. PRICE. 
 
 Allen & Greenoucii : Latin Grammar ^1.12 
 
 Latin Composition 1.12 
 
 Csesar (four books, with vocabulary) 1.12 
 
 Sallust's Catiline 60 
 
 Cicero, 13 orations (or 8 orations with vocabulary) . 1.12 
 
 Cicero de Senectute 50 
 
 Ovid (with vocabulary) 1.40 
 
 Virgil (Bucolics and 6 Books of the yEneid) , , . 1.12 
 Preparatory Course of Latin Prose .... 1.40 
 
 Allen . . . Latin Primer . .90 
 
 New Latin Method 90 
 
 Introduction to Latin Composition 90 
 
 Latin Reader 1.40 
 
 Latin Lexicon 90 
 
 Remnants of Early Latin 75 
 
 Germania and Agricola of Tacitus i.oo 
 
 Blackburn . Essentials of Latin Grammar 70 
 
 Latin Exercises 6c 
 
 Latin Grammar and Exercises (in one volume) i.oc 
 
 Crowell . . Selections from the Latin Poets 1.4c 
 
 Crowell & Richardson : Brief History of Roman Lit. (Bender) i.oo 
 Greenough . Virgil : — 
 
 Bucolics and 6 Books of ^neid (with Vocab.) . 1.60 
 Bucolics and 6 Books of ^neid ( without Vocab.) 1.12 
 La,st 6 Books of ^Eneid, and Georg'ics (with notes) 1.12 
 Bucolics, ^neid, & Georgics (complete, with notes) 1.60 
 
 Text of Virgil (complete) 75 
 
 Vocabulary to the ■whole of Virgil i.oo 
 
 GINN& Heath: Classical Atlas and Geography (cloth) . . . 2.00 
 
 Halsey . . . Etymology of Latin and Greek 1.12 
 
 Classical Wall Maps (three or more), each. . . 3.:;o 
 Keep. . . . Essential Uses of the Moods in Greek and Latin .25 
 
 King . . . . Latin Pronunciation .25 
 
 Leighton . . Latin Lessons 1.12 
 
 Madvig. . . Latin Grammar (by Thacher) 2.25 
 
 Parkhurst . Latin Verb 35 
 
 Preble . . . Exercises for Translation into Latin 10 
 
 Stickney . . Cicero de Natura Deorum 1.40 
 
 White, (J. W.) Schmidt's Rhythmic and Metric 250 
 
 White, (J. T.) Junior Student's Latin-English Lexicon (mor.) 2.00 
 
 (sheep) 2.25 
 
 English-Latin Lexicon (sheep) 1.75 
 
 Latin-English and English-Latin Lexicon (sheep) 3.00 
 
 Whiton . . Auxilia Vergiliana ; or, First Steps in Latin Prosody .15 
 
 Six Weeks' Preparation for Reading Csesar . .35 
 
 Copies sent to Teachers for Examination^ with a vieio to 
 Introduction, on receipt of Introduction Price. 
 
 GINN, HEATH, & CO., Publishers. 
 
 BOSTON. NEW YOKIi. CHICAGO.
 
 Mathematical Books. 
 
 INTKOU. PRICE. 
 
 Byerly Ditterciitial Calculus #2.00 
 
 Iiilcgral Calculus 2.00 
 
 Syllabus of riaue Triijrononietry 10 
 
 Syllabus of Analytical (icoinetry 10 
 
 Syllabus of Analytical Geometry, adv. course .10 
 
 Syllabus of Equations 10 
 
 ^. . 1 ,... r„ 1 , 4. f Pocket size 2.") 
 
 Ginn Addition labletss t„., . „:„„ o aa 
 
 I. Large size o.OO 
 
 llalsted IMensuratiou 1.00 
 
 Hardy Quaternions 2.00 
 
 Hill Geometry for Beginners 1.00 
 
 I*eirce Three and Four-Place Logarithms 40 
 
 Tables, chielly to Four Figures 40 
 
 Elements of Logarithms 50 
 
 Tallies of Integrals 10 
 
 Waldo Multiplication and Division Tables : — 
 
 Folio size 50 
 
 Small size 25 
 
 Wentworth . . . Elements of Algebra 1.12 
 
 Complete Algebra . . . .* 1.40 
 
 Plane Geometry 75 
 
 Plane and Solid Geometry 1.25 
 
 Plane and Solid Geometry and Trigouoraeti-y 1.40 
 
 Plane Trigonometry. Paper 30 
 
 Plane Trigonometry and Tables. Paper . .GO 
 
 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry 75 
 
 Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, Survey- 
 ing, and Navigation 1.12 
 
 Plane and Spherical Trig, and Surveying, 
 
 with Tables 1.25 
 
 Surveying. Paper 25 
 
 Trigonometric Formulas 1.00 
 
 Wentworth & Hill : Five- Place Log. and Trig. Tables (7 Tables) .50 
 Five-Place Log. and Trig. Tables (Comp.Ed.) 1.00 
 
 Practical Arithmetic 1.00 
 
 Examination Manuals. I. Arithmetic . . .35 
 II. Algebra ... .35 
 Exercise Manuals. I. Arithmetic .... 
 
 II. Algebra 70 
 
 III. Geometry 
 
 Wheeler Plane and Spherical Trig, and 'Fables • . . 1.00 
 
 Copies sent to Teachers for Examination^ with a view to 
 Introduction^ on receipt of Introduction Price. 
 
 GINN, HEATH, & CO., Publishers. 
 
 HOSTOX. NKW YOItK. CIIIC.VGO.
 
 LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 9 1 
 
 G'lnn & Heath's Classical Atlas. 
 
 I5y A. Keith Joiin.stux, LL.D., I'M\.G.S., aided by W. E. Gladstonk, 
 riimo Minister of England. Contains also a (Jeography of the 
 Ancient World, prepared by W. V. Allen of the Univ. of Wisconsin. 
 Bound in full cloth, with guards, similar to Long's Classical Atlas 
 (7^ X 12 inches). Mailing price, ^2.30; Introduction, $2.00. 
 
 We would call special attention to the binding of the cloth edition. 
 It is mounted on guards, the binding thus costing about twice as 
 much as that of the English edition, and yet we do not increase the 
 price to the purchaser. As a book of this kind is in constant use, the 
 stronger binding very much enhaiices its value. 
 
 Comprising in Twenty-three Plates, Colored Maps and Plans of all 
 the important countries and localities referred to by Classical Authors. 
 Embodies the results of the most recent investigations. Has a full 
 Index of Places, in which the proper quantities of the syllables are 
 marked by T. Harvey and E. Worsley, M.M.A., Oxon, Classical 
 Masters in Edinburgh Academy. Also containing Allen's Geog- 
 raphy of the Ancient World, which is designed to bring the 
 leading epochs and events of ancient history into connection with 
 the geography of the ancient world. Brief suggestions to teachers 
 are added, to assist in the work of the class-room. 
 
 "It has the special attraction of Mr. Gladstone's cooperation, 
 who not only placed at the editor's disposal the illustrations to his 
 work on Homer, but enhanced the favor by revising the proof-sheets 
 of the plates and text, as adapted for this Atlas." — Spectator. 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Map. 
 
 1. Plan of Rome, and Illustrations of Classical Sites. 
 
 2. The World as known to the Ancients. 
 
 3. Map of the outer Geography of the Odyssey. 
 
 4. Orbis Terrarum (et Orb. Homeri, Herodoti, Democriti, Strabor.is, 
 
 PtoleniDei). 
 
 5. Hispania. 
 
 6. Gallia. 
 
 7. Insulse Britanicae (et Brit. Strabonis, Brit. Ptolemrei, etc.). 
 
 8. Germania, Vindelicia, Rhostia, et Noricum. 
 
 9. Pannonia, Dacia, Illyricum, Mcesia, Macedonia, et Thracia. 
 
 10. Italia Superior et Corsica. 
 
 11. Italia Inferior, Sicilia, et Sardinia (et Campania, Syracusoe, Roma).
 
 92 
 
 Gl.y.V, HEATH, ^ CO:S PUBLICATIONS. 
 
 12. Imperium Romauum (et Imp. Rom. Orient, el Occid.). 
 
 13. Ciraicia (et Athena.-, Marathon, ThermopykL-). 
 
 14. Peloponnesus, Attica, LiLVolia, Phocis, /Etolia, ct Acarnania. 
 
 15. Graecia a Hello Peloponnesiaco, usque ad Philippum II. (et JNIantinet 
 
 Leuctra, Platnea). 
 
 16. Asia Minor (et Campus Trojs, Bosporos, Troas, Ionia, etc.). 
 
 17. Syria et Palestina (et Ilierosolyma, etc.). 
 
 18. Armenia, Mesopotamia, Babylonia, Assyria (et Iter Xcnophontis). 
 
 19. Regnum Alexandri Magni (et Granicus, Issus, Arbela). 
 
 20. Persia et India (et India Ptolenian). 
 
 21. /Egyptus, Arabia, et /Ethiopia (et /Egyptus Inferior). 
 
 22. Africa (et Carthago, Alexandria, Numidia et Africa Propria). 
 
 23. Europe, showing the general direction of the Barbarian Inroads during 
 
 the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. 
 Index. 
 Allen's Geography of the Ancient World. 
 
 Used at Eton, Harrow, Rugby, and other Prominent English Pre- 
 paratory Schools and Academies. Also used and recommended by such 
 Colleges and Preparatory Schools as : — 
 
 Harvard, 
 
 Yale, 
 
 Lafayette, 
 
 Rutgers, 
 
 Oberlin, 
 
 Marietta, 
 
 Worcester Univ 
 
 Ohio Wesleyan, 
 
 Hiram, 
 Pliillips Exeter Academy, 
 Williston Seminary, 
 
 Trinity, Conn., 
 Trinity, N.C., 
 N. W. University, 
 Wesleyan, 111., 
 Lake Forest, 
 Wisconsin, 
 Beloit, 
 
 Lavrrence, Wis., 
 Olivet, 
 
 Hillsdale, 
 Dickinson, 
 W^esleyan, Conn., 
 Princeton, 
 Bates, 
 Grixmell, 
 Colby, 
 
 Kentucky Univ., 
 Vanderbilt. 
 Phillips Andover Academy, 
 Boston Latin Schools, etc. 
 
 W. W. Goodwin, Prof, of Greek, 
 Harvard Univ.: It is a most beautiful 
 and highly useful work, and I am glad 
 to see what used to be an expensive 
 luxury brought within the means of all 
 .■Students of the classics. {Dec. 2, iSSo.) 
 
 Elisha Jones, Assf. Prof, of Latin, 
 Univ. of Mick. : From my cursorv ac- 
 quaintance I have recommended it to 
 our teachers. The map of the Home- 
 ric Geography is a feature not contained 
 in cither of my other atlases, and will 
 aid Homsric students greatly. 
 
 Tracy Peck, Prof of Latin, Yale 
 Coll. : I have heretofore known the 
 Atlas sufficiently well to feel justified in 
 recommending it to inquiring students. 
 {May g, iSSi.) 
 
 S. R. Winans, Tutor in Greek, 
 Princeton Coll., N.J.: It is superb: 
 nothing to criticise, and everything to 
 commend. Every student of the clas- 
 sics needs something of the sort, and 
 this is bv all odds the best of its kind- 
 {Oct. 4^ 1880.)
 
 32 
 
 GINN, HE A TH, <^ CO:S PUBLIC A TIONS. 
 
 The Reader's Guide to English History. 
 
 A classified list of works in English History, including poems, dramas, 
 and works of fiction, arranged by periods, for convenience of reference. 
 With a Supplement, extending the plan over other departments of 
 history, — ancient, modern, European, and American. By William 
 Francis Allkn, A.M., Professor in the University of Wisconsin. Long 
 8vo. Paper. 50 pages. Mailing Price, 30 cts. ; Introduction, 25 cts. 
 The Supplement can be had separately; Mailing Price, 10 cts. 
 
 The arrangement is that of four parallel columns upon two oppo- 
 site pages : the first column containing the English sovereigns, in 
 the several houses, in the form of genealogical tables ; the second, 
 good historical reading, whether histories, biographies, or essays ; 
 the third, novels, poems, and dramas illustrating that period of 
 English History, — also, so far as possible, arranged chronologically ; 
 the fourth, the same class of works illustrating contemporary history. 
 
 F. A. March, Prof, of the English 
 Lang, and Comp. Philology^ Lafayette 
 Coll. : It is a good idea, and will be a 
 useful book. We are all novel readers. 
 
 H. B. Adams, Associate Prof, of 
 History, Johns Hopkins Univ. : I know 
 something of Professor Allen's histori- 
 cal scholarship, and it is sufficient praise 
 of this little book for handy reference 
 to say that it sustains the author's repu- 
 tation for accuracy, sound judgment, 
 and nice discrimination. (A'cf . 6, '82.) 
 
 Charles F. Richardson, Prof, of 
 Anglo-Saxon and English, Dartmouth 
 Coll.: The wealth of English historical 
 fiction has not elsewhere been made so 
 evident and so accessible. 
 {Oct. 28, 1882.) 
 
 George B. Adams, Prof of Hist, 
 and Eng. Lit., fJriiry Coll., Springfield, 
 Afo. : I like the idea of the work very 
 much, and shall take great pleasure in 
 recommending it. {Oct. 7, 1882.) 
 
 Prom a revieio in " L'Athenceum 
 Beige" (Brussels), by Paul Fr6de- 
 ricq. Prof, in the Univ. of Liige. . . . 
 
 Un manuel d'histoire d'Angleterre, 
 concu sur un plan vraiment original et 
 seduisant. . . . Je crois en avoir dit 
 assez pour appeler I'attention serieuse 
 de tons ceux qui ^tudient I'histoire 
 d'Angleterre sur ce manuel precieux a 
 la fois pour les specialistes et pour les 
 gens de monde, et dont le plan original 
 et pratique a une saveur tout Anglo- 
 Saxonne. 
 
 Educational Times, London, 
 Eng.: It seems to include no books 
 that are undesirable, from either a liter- 
 ary or a historical point of view. The 
 result is an extremely agreeable histor- 
 ical hand-book, not merely for children, 
 but for adults. It is not only a novelty, 
 but a useful novelty. {Pei>. i, 1883.) 
 
 Atlantic Monthly : It is an ad- 
 mirable hand-book, in which tb.e really 
 necessary books and chronological facts 
 are given, to the exclusion of lumber 
 and dead wood. (Dec, 18S2.) 
 
 New Eng-land Journal of Edu- 
 cation : No one in this countrv is bet- 
 ter qualified than Mr. Allen to prepare 
 such an outline of reading and study 
 on English history.
 
 ENGLISH LITER A TURE. 
 
 31 
 
 Boston Advertiser : Dr. Dies- 
 terweg's observations arc practical and 
 admirably arranged. Much that he 
 writes may wiih propriety and advan- 
 tage be applied to other branches of 
 instruction than history, and few teach- 
 ers could fail to be profited by a peru- 
 sal of his monograph. 
 
 N. E. Journal of Education: 
 We know of no work so valuable to 
 students and readers of history as this. 
 
 The N. Y. Examiner: If this 
 book does not meet with a warm le- 
 cepiion from teachers, it will not get its 
 just deserts. No subject is so badly 
 taught in our schools and academies 
 
 as history, ^either teacher nor pupil 
 dreams that any other method is pos- 
 sible, and accordingly history is cor- 
 dially hated. A thorough study of 
 this book would do much to remedy 
 this defective method, and make the 
 study of history deliglitful to all pupils, 
 and to the teacher first o{ all. 
 
 The Christian Union : Among 
 those who are applying to educational 
 questions the best experience of the 
 past, and tiie results of exhaustive, 
 conscientious individual thinking, Dr. 
 G. Stanley Hall holds a foremost place ; 
 he brings to the discussion ample 
 knowledge, ripe experience, and a 
 philosophical temper. 
 
 History Topics, for High Schools and Colleges. 
 
 Part I. : Dynastic and Territorial History of Ancient and Modern 
 Times. Part H.: History of the United States. With an Introduc- 
 tion upon the Topical Method of Instruction in History. By William 
 Fran'CIS Allen, Professor in the University of Wisconsin. Square 
 l6mo. Paper. 121 pages. Mailing price, 30 cts.; Introduction, 25 cts. 
 
 A course in general history should leave the student in possession 
 of three things : First, an outline of chronology ; secondly, a knowl- 
 edge of the great decisive events and names of history ; thirdly, 
 some idea of the relation of contemporaneous events to one another 
 at these great epochs, — as we may call them, — histflrical distances, 
 historical emphasis, and syjichronisins. The method here presented, 
 by its strictly chronological arrangement and its selection of special 
 topics, is intended to accomplish the two first of these ends; a syn- 
 chronistic table, carefully drawn up by each member of the class, 
 with strict adherence to chronological proportion, will accomplish the 
 third end, while assisting in the clear exposition of hi.storical distances. 
 
 The first oi)ject of the topical method is to give prominence to 
 the most important names and events of history, and concentrate 
 the reading of the students upon certain selected ones of these. A 
 second object is to encourage independent research. 
 
 In an appendix is given a classified list of those books which are 
 considered most serviceable in connection witli tiiis mcthed.
 
 30 
 
 GLViV, HEATH, &^ CO.'S rUBLlCATIONS. 
 
 Methods of Teaching and Studying History. 
 
 {Tl)/. /., JWdgogitul Lil'rary.) Edited by G. STANLEY Hau., Ph.D., 
 Lecturer on Psycliology and Ethics, and on Pedagogy in Harvard and 
 Johns Hopkins Universities. i2mo. Cloth. Mailing Price, )!5l.3o; 
 Introduction, 3i-20. 
 
 Part I. is a translation of the Monograph of Diesterweg on His- 
 toriology, regarded by German teachers as the most helpful treatise 
 in all the voluminous literature upon the subject in their language. 
 It discusses the meaning, uses, classes, limits of historical study; 
 the material, manner of arrangement, aids and method of teaching; 
 advantages of the study of different periods, and the best order and 
 way of approach, etc. 
 
 Part II. consists of independent contributions of the following 
 prominent teachers of history: Prof. Chas. K. Adams, University 
 of Michigan ; Prof. W. F. Allen, University of Wisconsin ; Prof. 
 Herbert B. Adams of Johns Hopkins University; Prof. Richard T. 
 Ely, Johns Hopkins University; Pres. Andrew D. White of Cornell 
 University; Prof. J. W. Burgess of Columbia College, N.Y. ; Ed- 
 ward Atkinson, Mass. Inst, of Technology; and T. W. Higginson, 
 Cambridge, Mass. ; also an article on The Relation of Physical 
 Geography and History ; with a very carefully selected and discrim- 
 inated bibliography by Prof. Allen of Wisconsin University ; and an 
 introduction by the editor. It is thought that this volume will be 
 indispensable to every teacher and student of history in the country. 
 
 The Nation : The general excel- 
 lence and helpfulness of the book be- 
 fore us ought to secure it many readers. 
 We can heartily recommend it as well 
 to teachers who are conscious of defi- 
 ciencies in their preparation, as to 
 principals and school boards who wish 
 for assistance in laying out courses of 
 study. It contains few details of fact, 
 but an excellent summary and analysis 
 of principles. 
 
 The American: The volume is 
 certainly an excellent one, and one 
 that ought help to fill a need where a 
 need has been felt, and to create a 
 
 desire for something better where in- 
 dolence or brainlessness has brought 
 about a perverse satisfaction. The 
 question is whether the proportion of 
 teachers anxious for and capable of 
 something better will outnumber those 
 " who merely hear recitations, keeping 
 the finger on the place in the text- 
 book, and only asking the questions 
 conveniently printed for them in the 
 margin or back of the book." 
 
 Yale Courant : It would certainly 
 be a most decided improvement on tlie 
 cuf-and-dried text-book recitations that 
 some of us have known.
 
 LATIN TEXT-BOOKS. 89 
 
 An Etymology of Latin and Greek. 
 
 With a Prcliiiiiiiary Statement of the New System of Indo-European 
 Phonetics, ami Suggestions in Regard to the Study of Etymology, liy 
 CuAULKS S. Halsi-V, A.M., Principal of Union Classical institute, 
 Schenectady, N.V. i2mo. Cloth. 272 pages. Mailing Price, ^1.25. 
 Introduction, §1.12. 
 
 The following are the prominent features of the work: — 
 
 1. It presents the subject in a systematic form. The general 
 principles and laws of the science are first clearly stated and illus- 
 trated ; then the words are treated in their etymological order. 
 This produces a result far better than can be obtained from the 
 mere study of detached words scattered irregularly through a lexicon. 
 
 2. It gives a new and simple plan, presenting side by side for 
 each group of related words the form of the root in Indo-European. 
 Sanskrit, Greek, and Latin, with the meaning of the root. Follow- 
 ing these roots are the most practical Greek words and the mos' 
 practical Latin words, with their meanings. This furnishes a valu- 
 able stock of words associated by the natural bond of their common 
 derivation, each language, too, throwing light upon the other. 
 
 3. It presents within moderate compass the results of the lates' 
 investigations of the highest authorities, omitting doubtful etymolo- 
 gies, and is thus at once rigidly scientific and thorougiily practical. 
 
 4. It gives great prominence to the derivation of English words, 
 su]:)plying to a large degree tiie place of an English etymology. 
 
 5. Being furnished with a complete index for every root and 
 word treated, it can be conveniently used as a work of reference. 
 
 6. It presents the entire suljject in a form thoroughly adapted to 
 school use in clas.ses. The study of Etymology, as here presented, 
 may begin with the very outset of the study of Latin, and be con- 
 tinued through the entire course of classical study. It may he 
 pursued with a separate recitation, or in brief portions, in connec- 
 tion with the recitations from the Greek and Litin authors. 
 
 7. The present work is the first school-book to set forth in the 
 F.n^g-Iish language the princi])les and the application of the new sys- 
 tem of I.-E. Phonetics. This it does in full, and in a ]iractical and 
 ioveiligibic form. This work may be used without confusion in con- 
 nection with any grammar or lexicon ; and it supplies thoroughly 
 what tliey may lack in the important department of Etymology.
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 315
 
 LD6314 .3° 
 
 Siiii'i'lMIl *^- 
 
 L 009 603 462 4 /^ 
 
 UC SOUTHERN Rf GIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 AA 001 
 
 325 026 1